Increase Opera minimum for Grades A and C to 15
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.31.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
294 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
295 * be optimised for screen resolution.
296 *
297 * @par Example:
298 * @code
299 * $wgLogoHD = [
300 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
301 * ];
302 * @endcode
303 *
304 * @since 1.25
305 */
306 $wgLogoHD = false;
307
308 /**
309 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
310 * @since 1.6
311 */
312 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
313
314 /**
315 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
316 * Defaults to no icon.
317 * @since 1.12
318 */
319 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
320
321 /**
322 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
323 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
324 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
325 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
326 *
327 * @since 1.25
328 */
329 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
330
331 /**
332 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
333 * be web accessible.
334 *
335 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
336 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
337 * logic.
338 *
339 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
340 * variable.
341 *
342 * @see wfTempDir()
343 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
344 */
345 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
346
347 /**
348 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
349 * upload URL.
350 * @since 1.4
351 */
352 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
353
354 /**
355 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
356 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
357 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
358 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
359 * @since 1.17
360 */
361 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
362
363 /**
364 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
365 * plain page views, add to this array.
366 *
367 * @par Example:
368 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
369 * @code
370 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
371 * @endcode
372 *
373 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
374 * URLs.
375 * @since 1.5
376 */
377 $wgActionPaths = [];
378
379 /**@}*/
380
381 /************************************************************************//**
382 * @name Files and file uploads
383 * @{
384 */
385
386 /**
387 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
388 */
389 $wgEnableUploads = false;
390
391 /**
392 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
393 */
394 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
395
396 /**
397 * Allows to move images and other media files
398 */
399 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
400
401 /**
402 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
403 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
404 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
405 *
406 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
407 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
408 */
409 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
413 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
414 *
415 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
416 * completeness.
417 */
418 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
419
420 /**
421 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
422 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
423 */
424 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
425
426 /**
427 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
428 */
429 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
430
431 /**
432 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
433 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
434 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
435 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
436 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
437 *
438 * Example:
439 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
440 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
441 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
442 *
443 * @see $wgFileBackends
444 */
445 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
446
447 /**
448 * File repository structures
449 *
450 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
451 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
452 * array of properties configuring the repository.
453 *
454 * Properties required for all repos:
455 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
456 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
457 *
458 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
459 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
460 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
461 *
462 * For most core repos:
463 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
464 * container : backend container name the zone is in
465 * directory : root path within container for the zone
466 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
467 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
468 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
469 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
470 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
471 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
472 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
473 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
474 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
475 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
476 * handler instead.
477 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
478 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
479 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
480 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
481 * - pathDisclosureProtection
482 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
483 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
484 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
485 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
486 * is 0644.
487 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
488 * some remote repos.
489 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
490 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
491 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
492 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
493 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
494 *
495 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
496 * for local repositories:
497 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
498 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
499 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
500 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
501 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
502 *
503 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
504 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
505 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
506 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
507 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
508 *
509 * ForeignDBRepo:
510 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
511 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
512 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
513 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
514 *
515 * ForeignAPIRepo:
516 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
517 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
518 *
519 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
520 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
521 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
522 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
523 * be searched after the local file repo.
524 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
525 *
526 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
527 */
528 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
529
530 /**
531 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
532 */
533 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
534
535 /**
536 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
537 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
538 * settings
539 */
540 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
541
542 /**
543 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
544 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
545 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
546 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
547 *
548 * Example:
549 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
550 */
551 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
552
553 /**
554 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
555 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
556 *
557 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
558 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
559 *
560 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
561 */
562 $wgUploadDialog = [
563 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
564 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
565 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
566 'fields' => [
567 'description' => true,
568 'date' => false,
569 'categories' => false,
570 ],
571 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
572 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
573 'licensemessages' => [
574 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
575 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
576 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
577 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
578 'local' => 'generic-local',
579 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
580 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
581 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
582 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
583 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
584 ],
585 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
586 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
587 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
588 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
589 'comment' => [
590 'local' => '',
591 'foreign' => '',
592 ],
593 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
594 'format' => [
595 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
596 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
597 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
598 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
599 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
600 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
601 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
602 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
603 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
604 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
605 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
606 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
607 // * $TEXT - input by the user
608 'description' => '$TEXT',
609 'ownwork' => '',
610 'license' => '',
611 'uncategorized' => '',
612 ],
613 ];
614
615 /**
616 * File backend structure configuration.
617 *
618 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
619 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
620 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
621 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
622 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
623 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
624 *
625 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
626 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
627 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
628 *
629 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
630 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
631 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
632 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
633 *
634 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
635 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
636 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
637 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
638 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
639 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
640 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
641 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
642 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
643 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
644 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
645 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
646 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
647 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
648 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
649 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
650 */
651 $wgFileBackends = [];
652
653 /**
654 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
655 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
656 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
657 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
658 *
659 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
660 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
661 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
662 *
663 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
664 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
665 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
666 */
667 $wgLockManagers = [];
668
669 /**
670 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
671 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
672 *
673 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
674 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
675 * extensions" section of php.ini:
676 * @code{.ini}
677 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
678 * @endcode
679 */
680 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
681
682 /**
683 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
684 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
685 * Defaults to false.
686 */
687 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
688
689 /**
690 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
691 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
692 * $wgUploadDirectory.
693 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
694 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
695 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
696 * directory.
697 *
698 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
699 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
700 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
701 */
702 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
708
709 /**
710 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
711 */
712 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
718
719 /**
720 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
721 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
722 */
723 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
724
725 /**
726 * Optional table prefix used in database.
727 */
728 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
729
730 /**
731 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
732 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
733 */
734 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
735
736 /**
737 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
738 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
739 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
740 */
741 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
742
743 /**
744 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
745 *
746 * @since 1.20
747 */
748 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
749
750 /**
751 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
752 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
753 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
754 */
755 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
756
757 /**
758 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
759 * @since 1.20
760 */
761 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
762
763 /**
764 * Different timeout for upload by url
765 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
766 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
767 * to default.
768 *
769 * @var int|bool
770 *
771 * @since 1.22
772 */
773 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
774
775 /**
776 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
777 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
778 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
779 * for non-specified types.
780 *
781 * @par Example:
782 * @code
783 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
784 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
785 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
786 * ];
787 * @endcode
788 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
789 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
790 */
791 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
792
793 /**
794 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
795 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
796 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
797 * @since 1.26
798 */
799 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
800
801 /**
802 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
803 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
804 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
805 *
806 * @par Example:
807 * @code
808 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
809 * @endcode
810 */
811 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
812
813 /**
814 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
815 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
816 * appended to it as appropriate.
817 */
818 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
819
820 /**
821 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
822 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
823 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
824 * access to the thumbnail path.
825 *
826 * @par Example:
827 * @code
828 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
829 * @endcode
830 */
831 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
832
833 /**
834 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
835 */
836 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
837
838 /**
839 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
840 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
841 *
842 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
843 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
844 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
845 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
846 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
847 *
848 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
849 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
850 */
851 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
852
853 /**
854 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
855 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
856 * directory layout.
857 */
858 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
859
860 /**
861 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
862 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
863 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
864 * image description page on this wiki.
865 *
866 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
867 */
868 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
869
870 /**
871 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
872 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
873 *
874 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
875 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
876 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
877 */
878 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
879
880 /**
881 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
882 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
883 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
884 */
885 $wgFileBlacklist = [
886 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
887 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
888 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
889 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
890 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
891 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
892 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
893 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
894
895 /**
896 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
897 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
898 */
899 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
900 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
901 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
902 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
903 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
904 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
905 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
906 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
907 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
908 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
909 'application/x-msmetafile',
910 ];
911
912 /**
913 * Allow Java archive uploads.
914 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
915 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
916 */
917 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
918
919 /**
920 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
921 *
922 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
923 */
924 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
925
926 /**
927 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
928 * by $wgFileExtensions.
929 *
930 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
931 */
932 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
933
934 /**
935 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
936 *
937 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
938 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
939 */
940 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
941
942 /**
943 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
944 */
945 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
946
947 /**
948 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
949 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
950 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
951 *
952 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
953 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
954 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
955 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
956 */
957 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
958 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
959 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
960 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
961 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
962 "application/pdf", // PDF files
963 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
964 ];
965
966 /**
967 * Plugins for media file type handling.
968 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
969 *
970 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
971 * and extensions should use extension.json.
972 */
973 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
974
975 /**
976 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
977 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
978 */
979 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
980 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
981 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
982 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
983 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
984 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
985 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
986 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
987 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
988 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
989 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
990 ];
991
992 /**
993 * Plugins for page content model handling.
994 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
995 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
996 *
997 * @since 1.21
998 */
999 $wgContentHandlers = [
1000 // the usual case
1001 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
1002 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1003 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
1004 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1005 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
1006 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1007 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
1008 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1009 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
1010 ];
1011
1012 /**
1013 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1014 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1015 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1021 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1022 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1023 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1024 *
1025 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1026 */
1027 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1028
1029 /**
1030 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1031 */
1032 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1033
1034 /**
1035 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1036 * @since 1.27
1037 */
1038 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1042 */
1043 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1044
1045 /**
1046 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1047 */
1048 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1049
1050 /**
1051 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1052 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1053 */
1054 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1055
1056 /**
1057 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1058 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1059 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1060 *
1061 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1062 * @code
1063 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1064 * @endcode
1065 *
1066 * Leave as false to skip this.
1067 */
1068 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1069
1070 /**
1071 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1072 *
1073 * @since 1.21
1074 */
1075 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1076
1077 /**
1078 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1079 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1080 * at sharp edges.
1081 *
1082 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1083 *
1084 * Supported values:
1085 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1086 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1087 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1088 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1089 *
1090 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1091 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1092 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1093 *
1094 * @since 1.27
1095 */
1096 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1097
1098 /**
1099 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1100 * image formats.
1101 */
1102 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1106 *
1107 * @since 1.26
1108 */
1109 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1113 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1114 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1115 *
1116 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1117 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1118 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1119 */
1120 $wgSVGConverters = [
1121 'ImageMagick' =>
1122 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1123 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1124 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1125 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1126 . '$output $input',
1127 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1128 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1129 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1130 ];
1131
1132 /**
1133 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1134 */
1135 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1136
1137 /**
1138 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1139 */
1140 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1141
1142 /**
1143 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1144 */
1145 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1146
1147 /**
1148 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1149 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1150 */
1151 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1152
1153 /**
1154 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1155 *
1156 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1157 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1158 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1159 *
1160 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1161 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1162 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1163 */
1164 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1165
1166 /**
1167 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1168 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1169 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1170 *
1171 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1172 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1173 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1174 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1175 *
1176 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1177 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1178 */
1179 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1180
1181 /**
1182 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1183 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1184 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1185 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1186 */
1187 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1188
1189 /**
1190 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1191 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1192 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1193 *
1194 * @par Example:
1195 * @code
1196 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1197 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1198 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1199 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1200 * @endcode
1201 */
1202 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1206 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1207 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1208 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1209 */
1210 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1214 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1215 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1216 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1217 */
1218 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1219
1220 /**
1221 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1222 * output instead of showing an error message.
1223 *
1224 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1225 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1226 *
1227 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1228 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1229 * are logged to a file for review.
1230 */
1231 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1232
1233 /**
1234 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1235 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1236 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1237 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1238 * webserver(s).
1239 */
1240 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1241
1242 /**
1243 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1244 */
1245 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1246
1247 /**
1248 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1249 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1250 * is available that can rotate.
1251 */
1252 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1253
1254 /**
1255 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1256 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1257 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1258 */
1259 $wgAntivirus = null;
1260
1261 /**
1262 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1263 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1264 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1265 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1266 *
1267 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1268 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1269 *
1270 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1271 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1272 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1273 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1274 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1275 * path.
1276 *
1277 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1278 * function in SpecialUpload.
1279 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1280 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1281 * is not set.
1282 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1283 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1284 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1285 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1286 * no virus was found.
1287 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1288 * a virus.
1289 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1290 *
1291 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1292 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1293 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1294 */
1295 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1296
1297 # setup for clamav
1298 'clamav' => [
1299 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1300 'codemap' => [
1301 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1302 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1303 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1304 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1305 ],
1306 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1307 ],
1308 ];
1309
1310 /**
1311 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1312 */
1313 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1317 */
1318 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1319
1320 /**
1321 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1322 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1323 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1324 */
1325 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1326
1327 /**
1328 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1329 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1330 */
1331 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1332
1333 /**
1334 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1335 * the MIME type to standard output.
1336 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1337 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1338 *
1339 * @par Example:
1340 * @code
1341 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1342 * @endcode
1343 */
1344 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1345
1346 /**
1347 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1348 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1349 * can be trusted.
1350 */
1351 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1352
1353 /**
1354 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1355 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1356 */
1357 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1358 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1359 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1360 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1361 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1362 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1363 ];
1364
1365 /**
1366 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1367 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1368 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1369 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1370 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1371 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1372 */
1373 $wgImageLimits = [
1374 [ 320, 240 ],
1375 [ 640, 480 ],
1376 [ 800, 600 ],
1377 [ 1024, 768 ],
1378 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1379 ];
1380
1381 /**
1382 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1383 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1384 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1385 */
1386 $wgThumbLimits = [
1387 120,
1388 150,
1389 180,
1390 200,
1391 250,
1392 300
1393 ];
1394
1395 /**
1396 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1397 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1398 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1399 *
1400 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1401 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1402 * supports it.
1403 */
1404 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1405
1406 /**
1407 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1408 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1409 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1410 * following buckets:
1411 *
1412 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1413 *
1414 * and a distance of 50:
1415 *
1416 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1417 *
1418 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1419 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1420 */
1421 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1422
1423 /**
1424 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1425 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1426 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1427 *
1428 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1429 *
1430 * @since 1.25
1431 */
1432
1433 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1434
1435 /**
1436 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1437 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1438 *
1439 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1440 * thumbnail's URL.
1441 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1442 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1443 *
1444 * @since 1.25
1445 */
1446 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1447
1448 /**
1449 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1450 *
1451 * @since 1.25
1452 */
1453 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1454
1455 /**
1456 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1457 * HTTP request to.
1458 *
1459 * @since 1.25
1460 */
1461 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1462
1463 /**
1464 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1465 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1466 *
1467 * @since 1.26
1468 */
1469 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1470
1471 /**
1472 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1473 * Fields are:
1474 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1475 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1476 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1477 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1478 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1479 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1480 * @deprecated since 1.28
1481 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1482 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1483 * - mode: Gallery mode
1484 */
1485 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1486
1487 /**
1488 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1489 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1490 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1491 */
1492 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1493
1494 /**
1495 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1496 */
1497 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1498
1499 /**
1500 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1501 *
1502 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1503 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1504 *
1505 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1506 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1507 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1508 */
1509 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1510
1511 /**
1512 * @name DJVU settings
1513 * @{
1514 */
1515
1516 /**
1517 * Path of the djvudump executable
1518 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1519 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1525 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1526 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1529
1530 /**
1531 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1532 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1533 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1534 */
1535 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1536
1537 /**
1538 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1539 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1540 *
1541 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1542 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1543 * the efficiency problem.
1544 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1545 *
1546 * @par Example:
1547 * @code
1548 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1549 * @endcode
1550 */
1551 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1552
1553 /**
1554 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1555 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1556 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1557 */
1558 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1559
1560 /**
1561 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1562 */
1563 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1564
1565 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1566
1567 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1568
1569 /************************************************************************//**
1570 * @name Email settings
1571 * @{
1572 */
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Site admin email address.
1576 *
1577 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1578 */
1579 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1583 *
1584 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1585 *
1586 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1587 */
1588 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1589
1590 /**
1591 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1592 *
1593 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1594 */
1595 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1599 *
1600 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1601 */
1602 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1606 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1607 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1608 */
1609 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1613 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1614 */
1615 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1619 *
1620 * @since 1.30
1621 */
1622 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1626 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1627 *
1628 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1629 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1630 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1631 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1632 */
1633 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1637 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1638 */
1639 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1640
1641 /**
1642 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1643 */
1644 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1648 */
1649 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1650
1651 /**
1652 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1653 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1654 */
1655 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1656
1657 /**
1658 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1659 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1660 */
1661 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1662
1663 /**
1664 * SMTP Mode.
1665 *
1666 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1667 * Default to false or fill an array :
1668 *
1669 * @code
1670 * $wgSMTP = [
1671 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1672 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1673 * 'port' => '25',
1674 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1675 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1676 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1677 * ];
1678 * @endcode
1679 */
1680 $wgSMTP = false;
1681
1682 /**
1683 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1684 */
1685 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1689 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1690 */
1691 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1695 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1696 */
1697 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1698
1699 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1700 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1701 # enable or disable at their discretion
1702 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1703 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1704
1705 /**
1706 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1707 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1708 * spam relay.
1709 */
1710 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1711
1712 /**
1713 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1714 */
1715 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1716
1717 /**
1718 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1719 * user talk page.
1720 *
1721 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1722 * preference set to true.
1723 */
1724 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1725
1726 /**
1727 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1728 * allowed this in the preferences.
1729 */
1730 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1731
1732 /**
1733 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1734 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1735 *
1736 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1737 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1738 *
1739 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1740 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1741 *
1742 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1743 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1744 */
1745 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1749 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1750 *
1751 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1752 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1753 */
1754 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1755
1756 /**
1757 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1758 * match the limit on your mail server.
1759 */
1760 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1764 */
1765 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1769 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1770 */
1771 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1772
1773 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1774
1775 /************************************************************************//**
1776 * @name Database settings
1777 * @{
1778 */
1779
1780 /**
1781 * Database host name or IP address
1782 */
1783 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1784
1785 /**
1786 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1787 */
1788 $wgDBport = 5432;
1789
1790 /**
1791 * Name of the database
1792 */
1793 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1794
1795 /**
1796 * Database username
1797 */
1798 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1799
1800 /**
1801 * Database user's password
1802 */
1803 $wgDBpassword = '';
1804
1805 /**
1806 * Database type
1807 */
1808 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1809
1810 /**
1811 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1812 *
1813 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1814 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1815 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1816 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1817 */
1818 $wgDBssl = false;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1822 *
1823 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1824 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1825 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1826 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1827 */
1828 $wgDBcompress = false;
1829
1830 /**
1831 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1832 */
1833 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1834
1835 /**
1836 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1837 */
1838 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1839
1840 /**
1841 * Search type.
1842 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1843 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1844 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1845 */
1846 $wgSearchType = null;
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Alternative search types
1850 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1851 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1852 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1853 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1854 */
1855 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Table name prefix
1859 */
1860 $wgDBprefix = '';
1861
1862 /**
1863 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1864 */
1865 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1866
1867 /**
1868 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1869 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1870 * DBA has done his best job.
1871 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1872 */
1873 $wgSQLMode = '';
1874
1875 /**
1876 * Mediawiki schema
1877 */
1878 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1879
1880 /**
1881 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1882 */
1883 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1884
1885 /**
1886 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1887 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1888 * main database.
1889 *
1890 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1891 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1892 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1893 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1894 *
1895 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1896 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1897 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1898 *
1899 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1900 * $wgDBprefix.
1901 *
1902 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1903 * $wgDBmwschema.
1904 *
1905 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1906 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1907 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1908 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1909 */
1910 $wgSharedDB = null;
1911
1912 /**
1913 * @see $wgSharedDB
1914 */
1915 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1916
1917 /**
1918 * @see $wgSharedDB
1919 */
1920 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1921
1922 /**
1923 * @see $wgSharedDB
1924 * @since 1.23
1925 */
1926 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1927
1928 /**
1929 * Database load balancer
1930 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1931 * Fields are:
1932 * - host: Host name
1933 * - dbname: Default database name
1934 * - user: DB user
1935 * - password: DB password
1936 * - type: DB type
1937 *
1938 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1939 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1940 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1941 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1942 *
1943 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1944 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1945 *
1946 * - flags: bit field
1947 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1948 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1949 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1950 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1951 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1952 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1953 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1954 * if available
1955 *
1956 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1957 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1958 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1959 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1960 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1961 *
1962 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1963 * variable of the Database object.
1964 *
1965 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1966 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1967 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1968 *
1969 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1970 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1971 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1972 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1973 *
1974 * @code
1975 * SET @@read_only=1;
1976 * @endcode
1977 *
1978 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1979 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1980 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1981 */
1982 $wgDBservers = false;
1983
1984 /**
1985 * Load balancer factory configuration
1986 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1987 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1988 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1989 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1990 *
1991 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1992 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1993 */
1994 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1995
1996 /**
1997 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1998 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1999 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2000 * @since 1.27
2001 */
2002 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2003
2004 /**
2005 * File to log database errors to
2006 */
2007 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2008
2009 /**
2010 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2011 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2012 *
2013 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2014 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2015 *
2016 * @par Examples:
2017 * @code
2018 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2019 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2020 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2021 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2022 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2023 * @endcode
2024 *
2025 * @since 1.20
2026 */
2027 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2028
2029 /**
2030 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2031 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2032 *
2033 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2034 *
2035 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2036 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2037 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2038 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2039 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2040 *
2041 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2042 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2043 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2044 */
2045 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2046
2047 /**
2048 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2049 *
2050 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2051 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2052 * block).
2053 *
2054 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2055 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2056 * connections.
2057 *
2058 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2059 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2060 * pooled.
2061 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2062 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2063 *
2064 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2065 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2066 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2067 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2068 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2069 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2070 *
2071 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2072 */
2073 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2074
2075 /**
2076 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2077 *
2078 * Array numeric key => database name
2079 */
2080 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2081
2082 /**
2083 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2084 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2085 * show a more obvious warning.
2086 */
2087 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2088
2089 /**
2090 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2091 */
2092 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2093
2094 /**
2095 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2096 */
2097 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2098
2099 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2100
2101 /************************************************************************//**
2102 * @name Text storage
2103 * @{
2104 */
2105
2106 /**
2107 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2108 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2109 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2110 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2111 */
2112 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2113
2114 /**
2115 * External stores allow including content
2116 * from non database sources following URL links.
2117 *
2118 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2119 * @code
2120 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2121 * @endcode
2122 *
2123 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2124 */
2125 $wgExternalStores = [];
2126
2127 /**
2128 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2129 *
2130 * @par Example:
2131 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2132 * @code
2133 * $wgExternalServers = [
2134 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2135 * ];
2136 * @endcode
2137 *
2138 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2139 * another class.
2140 */
2141 $wgExternalServers = [];
2142
2143 /**
2144 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2145 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2146 *
2147 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2148 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2149 *
2150 * @par Example:
2151 * @code
2152 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2153 * @endcode
2154 *
2155 * @var array
2156 */
2157 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2158
2159 /**
2160 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2161 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2162 *
2163 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2164 */
2165 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2166
2167 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2168
2169 /************************************************************************//**
2170 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2171 * @{
2172 */
2173
2174 /**
2175 * Disable database-intensive features
2176 */
2177 $wgMiserMode = false;
2178
2179 /**
2180 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2181 */
2182 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2183
2184 /**
2185 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2186 */
2187 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2188
2189 /**
2190 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2191 */
2192 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2193
2194 /**
2195 * Enable slow parser functions
2196 */
2197 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2198
2199 /**
2200 * Allow schema updates
2201 */
2202 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2203
2204 /**
2205 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2206 */
2207 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2208
2209 /**
2210 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2211 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2212 */
2213 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2214
2215 /**
2216 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2217 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2218 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2219 * @since 1.26
2220 */
2221 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2222
2223 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2224
2225 /************************************************************************//**
2226 * @name Cache settings
2227 * @{
2228 */
2229
2230 /**
2231 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2232 * from the web.
2233 *
2234 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2235 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2236 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2237 */
2238 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2239
2240 /**
2241 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2242 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2243 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2244 *
2245 * The options are:
2246 *
2247 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2248 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2249 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2250 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2251 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2252 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2253 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2254 *
2255 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2256 */
2257 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2258
2259 /**
2260 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2261 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2262 *
2263 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2264 */
2265 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2266
2267 /**
2268 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2269 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2270 *
2271 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2272 */
2273 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2274
2275 /**
2276 * The cache type for storing session data.
2277 *
2278 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2279 */
2280 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2281
2282 /**
2283 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2284 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2285 *
2286 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2287 *
2288 * @since 1.20
2289 */
2290 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2291
2292 /**
2293 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2294 *
2295 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2296 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2297 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2298 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2299 *
2300 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2301 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2302 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2303 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2304 */
2305 $wgObjectCaches = [
2306 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2307 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2308
2309 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2310 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2311 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2312
2313 'db-replicated' => [
2314 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2315 'readFactory' => [
2316 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2317 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2318 ],
2319 'writeFactory' => [
2320 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2321 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2322 ],
2323 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2324 'reportDupes' => false
2325 ],
2326
2327 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2328 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2329 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2330 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2331 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2332 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2333 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2334 ];
2335
2336 /**
2337 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2338 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2339 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2340 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2341 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2342 *
2343 * The options are:
2344 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2345 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2346 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2347 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2348 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2349 * @since 1.26
2350 */
2351 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2352
2353 /**
2354 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2355 *
2356 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2357 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2358 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2359 *
2360 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2361 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2362 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2363 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2364 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2365 *
2366 * @since 1.26
2367 */
2368 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2369 CACHE_NONE => [
2370 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2371 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2372 'channels' => []
2373 ]
2374 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2375 'memcached-php' => [
2376 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2377 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2378 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2379 ]
2380 */
2381 ];
2382
2383 /**
2384 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2385 *
2386 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2387 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2388 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2389 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2390 *
2391 * @var bool
2392 * @since 1.29
2393 */
2394 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2395
2396 /**
2397 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2398 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2399 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2400 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2401 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2402 *
2403 * The options are:
2404 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2405 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2406 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2407 *
2408 * @since 1.26
2409 */
2410 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2411
2412 /**
2413 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2414 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2415 */
2416 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2417
2418 /**
2419 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2420 */
2421 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2422
2423 /**
2424 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2425 */
2426 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2427
2428 /**
2429 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2430 */
2431 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2432
2433 /**
2434 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2435 *
2436 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2437 *
2438 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2439 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2440 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2441 * others' cookies.
2442 *
2443 * @since 1.27
2444 * @var string
2445 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2446 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2447 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2448 */
2449 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2450
2451 /**
2452 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2453 *
2454 * @since 1.28
2455 */
2456 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2457
2458 /**
2459 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2460 */
2461 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2462
2463 /**
2464 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2465 */
2466 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2467
2468 /**
2469 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2470 * requests.
2471 */
2472 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2473
2474 /**
2475 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2476 */
2477 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2478
2479 /**
2480 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2481 *
2482 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2483 *
2484 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2485 *
2486 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2487 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2488 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2489 */
2490 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2491
2492 /**
2493 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2494 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2495 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2496 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2497 */
2498 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2499
2500 /**
2501 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2502 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2503 *
2504 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2505 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2506 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2507 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2508 * otherwise the database will be used.
2509 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2510 * store static arrays.
2511 *
2512 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2513 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2514 *
2515 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2516 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2517 * will be used.
2518 *
2519 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2520 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2521 */
2522 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2523 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2524 'store' => 'detect',
2525 'storeClass' => false,
2526 'storeDirectory' => false,
2527 'manualRecache' => false,
2528 ];
2529
2530 /**
2531 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2532 */
2533 $wgCachePages = true;
2534
2535 /**
2536 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2537 * client-side and server-side caching.
2538 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2539 * @verbatim
2540 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2541 * @endverbatim
2542 */
2543 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2544
2545 /**
2546 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2547 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2548 */
2549 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2550
2551 /**
2552 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2553 *
2554 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2555 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2556 * styles.
2557 */
2558 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2559
2560 /**
2561 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2562 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2563 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2564 */
2565 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2566
2567 /**
2568 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2569 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2570 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2571 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2572 */
2573 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2574
2575 /**
2576 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2577 * @deprecated since 1.26
2578 */
2579 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2580
2581 /**
2582 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2583 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2584 */
2585 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2586
2587 /**
2588 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2589 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2590 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2591 *
2592 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2593 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2594 * don't update as expected.
2595 */
2596 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2597
2598 /**
2599 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2600 */
2601 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2602
2603 /**
2604 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2605 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2606 *
2607 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2608 */
2609 $wgUseGzip = false;
2610
2611 /**
2612 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2613 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2614 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2615 * a grace period.
2616 */
2617 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2618
2619 /**
2620 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2621 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2622 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2623 *
2624 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2625 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2626 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2627 */
2628 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2629
2630 /**
2631 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2632 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2633 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2634 *
2635 * @par Example:
2636 * @code
2637 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2638 * @endcode
2639 *
2640 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2641 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2642 *
2643 * @var int|bool
2644 */
2645 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2646
2647 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2648
2649 /************************************************************************//**
2650 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2651 *
2652 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2653 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2654 *
2655 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2656 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2657 * more details.
2658 *
2659 * @{
2660 */
2661
2662 /**
2663 * Enable/disable CDN.
2664 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2665 */
2666 $wgUseSquid = false;
2667
2668 /**
2669 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2670 */
2671 $wgUseESI = false;
2672
2673 /**
2674 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2675 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2676 * @since 1.27
2677 */
2678 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2679
2680 /**
2681 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2682 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2683 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2684 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2685 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2686 * HTTP redirects.
2687 */
2688 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2689
2690 /**
2691 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2692 *
2693 * @par Example:
2694 * @code
2695 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2696 * @endcode
2697 */
2698 $wgInternalServer = false;
2699
2700 /**
2701 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2702 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2703 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2704 *
2705 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2706 */
2707 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2708
2709 /**
2710 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2711 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2712 * @since 1.27
2713 */
2714 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2715
2716 /**
2717 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2718 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2719 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2720 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2721 *
2722 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2723 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2724 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2725 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2726 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2727 *
2728 * @since 1.27
2729 */
2730 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2731
2732 /**
2733 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2734 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2735 * @since 1.27
2736 */
2737 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2738
2739 /**
2740 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2741 *
2742 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2743 */
2744 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2745
2746 /**
2747 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2748 *
2749 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2750 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2751 *
2752 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2753 */
2754 $wgSquidServers = [];
2755
2756 /**
2757 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2758 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2759 * CIDR blocks.
2760 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2761 */
2762 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2763
2764 /**
2765 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2766 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2767 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2768 *
2769 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2770 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2771 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2772 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2773 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2774 *
2775 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2776 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2777 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2778 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2779 * reverse).
2780 *
2781 * @since 1.21
2782 */
2783 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2784
2785 /**
2786 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2787 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2788 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2789 *
2790 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2791 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2792 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2793 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2794 *
2795 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2796 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2797 * @code
2798 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2799 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2800 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2801 * 'port' => 4827,
2802 * ],
2803 * '' => [
2804 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2805 * 'port' => 4827,
2806 * ],
2807 * ];
2808 * @endcode
2809 *
2810 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2811 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2812 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2813 *
2814 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2815 * @code
2816 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2817 * '' => [
2818 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2819 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2820 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2821 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2822 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2823 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2824 * ],
2825 * ];
2826 * @endcode
2827 *
2828 * @since 1.22
2829 *
2830 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2831 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2832 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2833 *
2834 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2835 */
2836 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2837
2838 /**
2839 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2840 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2841 */
2842 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2843
2844 /**
2845 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2846 */
2847 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2848
2849 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2850
2851 /************************************************************************//**
2852 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2853 * @{
2854 */
2855
2856 /**
2857 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2858 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2859 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2860 *
2861 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2862 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2863 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2864 *
2865 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2866 * change it in their preferences.
2867 *
2868 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2869 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2870 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2871 */
2872 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2873
2874 /**
2875 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2876 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2877 */
2878 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2879
2880 /**
2881 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2882 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2883 *
2884 * @par Example:
2885 * @code
2886 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2887 * @endcode
2888 */
2889 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2890
2891 /**
2892 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2893 */
2894 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2895
2896 /**
2897 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2898 */
2899 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2900
2901 /**
2902 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2903 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2904 * Notes:
2905 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2906 * map.
2907 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2908 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2909 * this array.
2910 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2911 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2912 * the prefix in this array.
2913 */
2914 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2915
2916 /**
2917 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2918 */
2919 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2920
2921 /**
2922 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2923 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2924 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2925 *
2926 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2927 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2928 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2929 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2930 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2931 *
2932 * @since 1.29
2933 */
2934 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2935 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2936 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2937 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2938 ];
2939
2940 /**
2941 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2942 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2943 *
2944 * @deprecated since 1.29
2945 */
2946 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2947
2948 /**
2949 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2950 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2951 * set to "ar".
2952 *
2953 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2954 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2955 */
2956 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2957
2958 /**
2959 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2960 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2961 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2962 * support these characters.
2963 *
2964 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2965 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2966 */
2967 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2968
2969 /**
2970 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2971 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2972 * impact.
2973 *
2974 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2975 * details.
2976 *
2977 * @since 1.17
2978 */
2979 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2980
2981 /**
2982 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2983 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2984 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2985 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2986 *
2987 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2988 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2989 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2990 */
2991 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2992
2993 /**
2994 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
2995 */
2996 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
2997
2998 /**
2999 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3000 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3001 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3002 *
3003 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3004 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3005 * to remain viewable.
3006 *
3007 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3008 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3009 */
3010 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3014 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3015 */
3016 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3020 * numerals in interface.
3021 */
3022 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3026 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3027 */
3028 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3032 */
3033 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3037 */
3038 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3042 */
3043 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3047 */
3048 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3052 */
3053 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3057 * used to ease variant development work.
3058 */
3059 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3063 *
3064 * @par Example:
3065 * @code
3066 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3067 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3068 * @endcode
3069 */
3070 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3071
3072 /**
3073 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3074 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3075 * language variant.
3076 *
3077 * @par Example:
3078 * @code
3079 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3080 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3081 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3082 * @endcode
3083 *
3084 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3085 *
3086 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3087 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3088 */
3089 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3093 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3094 * customise these.
3095 */
3096 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3097
3098 /**
3099 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3100 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3101 *
3102 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3103 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3104 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3105 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3106 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3107 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3108 * the default behavior.
3109 *
3110 * @par Example:
3111 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3112 * portal:
3113 * @code
3114 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3115 * @endcode
3116 */
3117 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3118
3119 /**
3120 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3121 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3122 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3123 *
3124 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3125 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3126 *
3127 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3128 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3129 *
3130 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3131 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3132 *
3133 * @par Examples:
3134 * @code
3135 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3136 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3137 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3138 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3139 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3140 * @endcode
3141 */
3142 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3143
3144 /**
3145 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3146 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3147 *
3148 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3149 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3150 *
3151 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3152 */
3153 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3154
3155 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3156
3157 /*************************************************************************//**
3158 * @name Output format and skin settings
3159 * @{
3160 */
3161
3162 /**
3163 * The default Content-Type header.
3164 */
3165 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3166
3167 /**
3168 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3169 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3170 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3171 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3172 * @deprecated since 1.22
3173 */
3174 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3175
3176 /**
3177 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3178 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3179 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3180 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3181 * @deprecated since 1.22
3182 */
3183 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3184
3185 /**
3186 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3187 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3188 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3189 * to true by Setup.php.
3190 * @deprecated since 1.22
3191 */
3192 $wgHtml5 = true;
3193
3194 /**
3195 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3196 *
3197 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3198 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3199 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3200 * @since 1.16
3201 */
3202 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3206 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3207 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3208 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3209 * @since 1.24
3210 */
3211 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3215 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3216 * stable and change has been communicated.
3217 * @since 1.24
3218 */
3219 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3223 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3224 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3225 *
3226 * @since 1.28
3227 */
3228 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3229
3230 /**
3231 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3232 *
3233 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3234 *
3235 * @par Example:
3236 * @code
3237 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3238 * @endcode
3239 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3240 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3241 *
3242 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3243 */
3244 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3245
3246 /**
3247 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3248 *
3249 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3250 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3251 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3252 */
3253 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3254
3255 /**
3256 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3257 */
3258 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3259
3260 /**
3261 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3262 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3263 */
3264 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3265
3266 /**
3267 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3268 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3269 */
3270 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3271
3272 /**
3273 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3274 *
3275 * @since 1.24
3276 */
3277 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3278
3279 /**
3280 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3281 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3282 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3283 */
3284 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3285
3286 /**
3287 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3288 */
3289 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Allow user Javascript page?
3293 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3294 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3295 */
3296 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3297
3298 /**
3299 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3300 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3301 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3302 */
3303 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3304
3305 /**
3306 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3307 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3308 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3309 */
3310 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3311
3312 /**
3313 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3314 */
3315 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3316
3317 /**
3318 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3319 */
3320 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3321
3322 /**
3323 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3324 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3325 */
3326 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3327
3328 /**
3329 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3330 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3331 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3332 *
3333 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3334 *
3335 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3336 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3337 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3338 *
3339 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3340 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3341 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3342 * recommended.
3343 *
3344 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3345 * not just edit pages.
3346 */
3347 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3348
3349 /**
3350 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3351 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3352 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3353 * Options are:
3354 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3355 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3356 * - false: Allow all framing.
3357 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3358 */
3359 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3360
3361 /**
3362 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3363 */
3364 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3365
3366 /**
3367 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3368 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3369 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3370 *
3371 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3372 */
3373 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3374
3375 /**
3376 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3377 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3378 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3379 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3380 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3381 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3382 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3383 *
3384 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3385 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3386 * a page.
3387 *
3388 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3389 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3390 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3391 * would still work.
3392 *
3393 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3394 *
3395 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3396 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3397 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3398 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3399 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3400 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3401 * fragment mode is used.
3402 *
3403 * @since 1.30
3404 */
3405 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy' ];
3406
3407 /**
3408 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3409 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3410 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3411 * to 'html5'.
3412 *
3413 * @since 1.30
3414 */
3415 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3416
3417 /**
3418 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3419 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3420 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3421 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3422 *
3423 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3424 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3425 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3426 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3427 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3428 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3429 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3430 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3431 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3432 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3433 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3434 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3435 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3436 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3437 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3438 * not be outputted
3439 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3440 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3441 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3442 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3443 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3444 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3445 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3446 */
3447 $wgFooterIcons = [
3448 "copyright" => [
3449 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3450 ],
3451 "poweredby" => [
3452 "mediawiki" => [
3453 // Defaults to point at
3454 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3455 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3456 "src" => null,
3457 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3458 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3459 ]
3460 ],
3461 ];
3462
3463 /**
3464 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3465 * to create an account.
3466 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3467 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3468 */
3469 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3470
3471 /**
3472 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3473 */
3474 $wgEdititis = false;
3475
3476 /**
3477 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3478 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3479 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3480 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3481 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3482 *
3483 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3484 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3485 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3486 */
3487 $wgSend404Code = true;
3488
3489 /**
3490 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3491 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3492 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3493 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3494 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3495 *
3496 * @since 1.20
3497 */
3498 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3499
3500 /**
3501 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3502 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3503 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3504 * unconditionally.
3505 */
3506 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3507
3508 /**
3509 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3510 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3511 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3512 * the domain root.
3513 *
3514 * @since 1.25
3515 */
3516 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3517
3518 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3519
3520 /*************************************************************************//**
3521 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3522 * @{
3523 */
3524
3525 /**
3526 * Client-side resource modules.
3527 *
3528 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3529 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3530 *
3531 * @par Example:
3532 * @code
3533 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3534 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3535 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3536 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3537 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3538 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3539 * ];
3540 * @endcode
3541 */
3542 $wgResourceModules = [];
3543
3544 /**
3545 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3546 *
3547 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3548 * not be modified or disabled.
3549 *
3550 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3551 *
3552 * @par Example:
3553 * @code
3554 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3555 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3556 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3557 * ];
3558 *
3559 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3560 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3561 * ];
3562 * @endcode
3563 *
3564 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3565 *
3566 * @par Equivalent:
3567 * @code
3568 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3569 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3570 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3571 * 'skinStyles' => [
3572 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3573 * ],
3574 * ];
3575 * @endcode
3576 *
3577 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3578 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3579 *
3580 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3581 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3582 *
3583 * @par Example:
3584 * @code
3585 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3586 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3587 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3588 * 'skinStyles' => [
3589 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3590 * ],
3591 * ];
3592 * // Note the '+' character:
3593 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3594 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3595 * ];
3596 * @endcode
3597 *
3598 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3599 *
3600 * @par Equivalent:
3601 * @code
3602 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3603 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3604 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3605 * 'skinStyles' => [
3606 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3607 * 'foo' => [
3608 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3609 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3610 * ],
3611 * ],
3612 * ];
3613 * @endcode
3614 *
3615 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3616 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3617 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3618 *
3619 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3620 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3621 *
3622 * @par Example:
3623 * @code
3624 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3625 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3626 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3627 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3628 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3629 * ];
3630 * @endcode
3631 */
3632 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3633
3634 /**
3635 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3636 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3637 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3638 *
3639 * @par Example:
3640 * @code
3641 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3642 * @endcode
3643 */
3644 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3645
3646 /**
3647 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3648 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3649 */
3650 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3651
3652 /**
3653 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3654 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3655 *
3656 * Following options to distinguish:
3657 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3658 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3659 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3660 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3661 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3662 *
3663 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3664 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3665 * client and MediaWiki.
3666 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3667 */
3668 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3669 'versioned' => [
3670 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3671 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3672 ],
3673 'unversioned' => [
3674 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3675 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3676 ],
3677 ];
3678
3679 /**
3680 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3681 *
3682 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3683 */
3684 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3685
3686 /**
3687 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3688 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3689 *
3690 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3691 */
3692 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3693
3694 /**
3695 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3696 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3697 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3698 *
3699 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3700 */
3701 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3702
3703 /**
3704 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3705 *
3706 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3707 */
3708 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3709
3710 /**
3711 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3712 *
3713 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3714 * work.
3715 *
3716 * @par Example of legacy code:
3717 * @code{,js}
3718 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3719 * @endcode
3720 * or:
3721 * @code{,js}
3722 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3723 * @endcode
3724 *
3725 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3726 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3727 * @code{,js}
3728 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3729 * @endcode
3730 * or:
3731 * @code{,js}
3732 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3733 * @endcode
3734 */
3735 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3736
3737 /**
3738 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3739 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3740 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3741 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3742 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3743 * that you can't increase.
3744 *
3745 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3746 * string length limit.
3747 *
3748 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3749 */
3750 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3751
3752 /**
3753 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3754 * prior to minification to validate it.
3755 *
3756 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3757 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3758 */
3759 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3760
3761 /**
3762 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3763 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3764 *
3765 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3766 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3767 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3768 */
3769 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3770
3771 /**
3772 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3773 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3774 *
3775 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3776 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3777 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3778 *
3779 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3780 *
3781 * @par Example:
3782 * @code
3783 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3784 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3785 * 'exampleBlue' => '#eee',
3786 * ];
3787 * @endcode
3788 * @since 1.22
3789 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3790 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3791 */
3792 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3793 /**
3794 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3795 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3796 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3797 * @since 1.27
3798 */
3799 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3800 ];
3801
3802 /**
3803 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3804 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3805 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3806 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3807 *
3808 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3809 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3810 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3811 * files from its own tree.
3812 *
3813 * @since 1.22
3814 */
3815 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3816 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3817 ];
3818
3819 /**
3820 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3821 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3822 */
3823 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3824
3825 /**
3826 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3827 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3828 *
3829 * @since 1.23
3830 */
3831 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3832
3833 /**
3834 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3835 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3836 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3837 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3838 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3839 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3840 * from the rest of the site.
3841 *
3842 * @since 1.25
3843 */
3844 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3845
3846 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3847
3848 /*************************************************************************//**
3849 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3850 * @{
3851 */
3852
3853 /**
3854 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3855 * used instead.
3856 */
3857 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3858
3859 /**
3860 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3861 *
3862 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3863 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3864 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3865 */
3866 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3867
3868 /**
3869 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3870 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3871 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3872 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3873 * hook or extension.json.
3874 *
3875 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3876 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3877 * the new namespace name.
3878 *
3879 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3880 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3881 *
3882 * @par Example:
3883 * @code
3884 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3885 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3886 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3887 * 102 => "Aide",
3888 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3889 * ];
3890 * @endcode
3891 *
3892 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3893 */
3894 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3895
3896 /**
3897 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3898 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3899 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3900 * @since 1.18
3901 */
3902 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3903
3904 /**
3905 * Namespace aliases.
3906 *
3907 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3908 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3909 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3910 * name.
3911 *
3912 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3913 *
3914 * @par Example:
3915 * @code
3916 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3917 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3918 * 'Help' => 100,
3919 * ];
3920 * @endcode
3921 */
3922 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3923
3924 /**
3925 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3926 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3927 *
3928 * Problematic punctuation:
3929 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3930 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3931 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3932 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3933 * corrupted by apache
3934 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3935 *
3936 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3937 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3938 *
3939 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3940 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3941 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3942 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3943 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3944 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3945 *
3946 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3947 *
3948 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3949 * this breaks interlanguage links
3950 */
3951 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3952
3953 /**
3954 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3955 *
3956 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3957 */
3958 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3959
3960 /**
3961 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3962 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3963 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3964 *
3965 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3966 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3967 */
3968 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3972 */
3973 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3974
3975 /**
3976 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3977 * @{
3978 */
3979
3980 /**
3981 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3982 * database (.cdb) file.
3983 *
3984 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3985 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3986 * formats such as the following:
3987 *
3988 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3989 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3990 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3991 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3992 *
3993 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3994 * data layout.
3995 *
3996 * @var bool|array|string
3997 */
3998 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3999
4000 /**
4001 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
4002 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4003 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4004 * - 3: site levels
4005 */
4006 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4007
4008 /**
4009 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4010 */
4011 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4012
4013 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4014
4015 /**
4016 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4017 * @{
4018 */
4019
4020 /**
4021 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4022 */
4023 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4024
4025 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4026
4027 /**
4028 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4029 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4030 * as 'redirected from' links.
4031 *
4032 * @par Example:
4033 * It might look something like this:
4034 * @code
4035 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4036 * @endcode
4037 *
4038 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4039 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4040 * the URL.
4041 */
4042 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4043
4044 /**
4045 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4046 *
4047 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4048 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4049 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4050 */
4051 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4052
4053 /**
4054 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4055 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4056 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4057 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4058 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4059 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4060 * NS_FILE.
4061 *
4062 * @par Example:
4063 * @code
4064 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4065 * @endcode
4066 */
4067 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4068
4069 /**
4070 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4071 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4072 */
4073 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4074 NS_TALK => true,
4075 NS_USER => true,
4076 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4077 NS_PROJECT => true,
4078 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4079 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4080 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4081 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4082 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4083 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4084 NS_HELP => true,
4085 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4086 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4087 ];
4088
4089 /**
4090 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4091 *
4092 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4093 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4094 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4095 *
4096 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4097 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4098 *
4099 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4100 * the new extension registration system.
4101 *
4102 * @since 1.23
4103 */
4104 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4105
4106 /**
4107 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4108 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4109 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4110 * number of articles in the wiki.
4111 */
4112 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4113
4114 /**
4115 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4116 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4117 * be shown on that page.
4118 * @since 1.30
4119 */
4120 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4121
4122 /**
4123 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4124 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4125 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4126 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4127 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4128 */
4129 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4130
4131 /**
4132 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4133 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4134 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4135 */
4136 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4137
4138 /**
4139 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4140 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4141 * will make the redirect fail.
4142 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4143 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4144 *
4145 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4146 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4147 */
4148 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4149
4150 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4151
4152 /************************************************************************//**
4153 * @name Parser settings
4154 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4155 * @{
4156 */
4157
4158 /**
4159 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4160 *
4161 * class The class name
4162 *
4163 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4164 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4165 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4166 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4167 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4168 *
4169 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4170 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4171 *
4172 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4173 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4174 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4175 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4176 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4177 * an extension setup function.
4178 */
4179 $wgParserConf = [
4180 'class' => 'Parser',
4181 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4182 ];
4183
4184 /**
4185 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4186 */
4187 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4188
4189 /**
4190 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4191 * by PPFrame::expand()
4192 */
4193 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4194
4195 /**
4196 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4197 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4198 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4199 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4200 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4201 *
4202 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4203 */
4204 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4205
4206 /**
4207 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4208 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4209 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4210 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4211 */
4212 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4213
4214 /**
4215 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4216 */
4217 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4218
4219 /**
4220 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4221 *
4222 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4223 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4224 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4225 * more information.
4226 *
4227 * @see wfParseUrl
4228 */
4229 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4230 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4231 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4232 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4233 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4234 ];
4235
4236 /**
4237 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4238 */
4239 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4240
4241 /**
4242 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4243 */
4244 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4245
4246 /**
4247 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4248 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4249 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4250 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4251 *
4252 * @par Examples:
4253 * @code
4254 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4255 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4256 * @endcode
4257 */
4258 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4259
4260 /**
4261 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4262 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4263 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4264 * The image will be displayed.
4265 *
4266 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4267 * Or false to disable it
4268 */
4269 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4273 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4274 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4275 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4276 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4277 * sites they control.
4278 */
4279 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4280
4281 /**
4282 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4283 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4284 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4285 *
4286 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4287 * parameters will be used instead.
4288 *
4289 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4290 *
4291 * Keys are:
4292 * - driver: May be:
4293 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4294 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4295 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4296 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4297 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4298 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4299 *
4300 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4301 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4302 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4303 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4304 */
4305 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4306
4307 /**
4308 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4309 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4310 */
4311 $wgUseTidy = false;
4312
4313 /**
4314 * The path to the tidy binary.
4315 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4316 */
4317 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4318
4319 /**
4320 * The path to the tidy config file
4321 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4322 */
4323 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4324
4325 /**
4326 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4327 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4328 */
4329 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4330
4331 /**
4332 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4333 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4334 */
4335 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4336
4337 /**
4338 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4339 * Only works for internal tidy.
4340 */
4341 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4342
4343 /**
4344 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4345 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4346 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4347 */
4348 $wgRawHtml = false;
4349
4350 /**
4351 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4352 *
4353 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4354 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4355 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4356 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4357 * to some of your users.
4358 */
4359 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4360
4361 /**
4362 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4363 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4364 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4365 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4366 */
4367 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4368
4369 /**
4370 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4371 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4372 */
4373 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4374
4375 /**
4376 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4377 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4378 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4379 *
4380 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4381 *
4382 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4383 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4384 * etc.
4385 *
4386 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4387 */
4388 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4389
4390 /**
4391 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4392 */
4393 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4394
4395 /**
4396 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4397 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4398 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4399 */
4400 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4401
4402 /**
4403 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4404 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4405 */
4406 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4407
4408 /**
4409 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4410 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4411 */
4412 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4413
4414 /**
4415 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4416 */
4417 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4418
4419 /**
4420 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4421 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4422 */
4423 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4424
4425 /**
4426 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4427 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4428 *
4429 * @since 1.28
4430 */
4431 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4432 'ISBN' => false,
4433 'PMID' => false,
4434 'RFC' => false
4435 ];
4436
4437 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4438
4439 /************************************************************************//**
4440 * @name Statistics
4441 * @{
4442 */
4443
4444 /**
4445 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4446 * as a valid article.
4447 *
4448 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4449 *
4450 * This variable can have the following values:
4451 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4452 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4453 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4454 *
4455 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4456 *
4457 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4458 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4459 * script.
4460 */
4461 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4462
4463 /**
4464 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4465 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4466 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4467 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4468 * numbers between different wikis.
4469 */
4470 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4471
4472 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4473
4474 /************************************************************************//**
4475 * @name User accounts, authentication
4476 * @{
4477 */
4478
4479 /**
4480 * Central ID lookup providers
4481 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4482 * @since 1.27
4483 */
4484 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4485 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4486 ];
4487
4488 /**
4489 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4490 * @var string
4491 */
4492 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4493
4494 /**
4495 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4496 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4497 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4498 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4499 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4500 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4501 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4502 * Statements:
4503 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4504 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4505 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4506 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4507 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4508 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4509 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4510 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4511 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4512 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4513 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4514 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4515 * @since 1.26
4516 */
4517 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4518 'policies' => [
4519 'bureaucrat' => [
4520 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4521 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4522 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4523 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4524 ],
4525 'sysop' => [
4526 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4527 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4528 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4529 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4530 ],
4531 'bot' => [
4532 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4533 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4534 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4535 ],
4536 'default' => [
4537 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4538 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4539 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4540 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4541 ],
4542 ],
4543 'checks' => [
4544 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4545 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4546 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4547 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4548 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4549 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4550 ],
4551 ];
4552
4553 /**
4554 * Configure AuthManager
4555 *
4556 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4557 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4558 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4559 * (default is 0).
4560 *
4561 * Elements are:
4562 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4563 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4564 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4565 *
4566 * @since 1.27
4567 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4568 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4569 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4570 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4571 */
4572 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4573
4574 /**
4575 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4576 * @since 1.27
4577 */
4578 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4579 'preauth' => [
4580 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4581 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4582 'sort' => 0,
4583 ],
4584 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4585 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4586 'sort' => 0,
4587 ],
4588 ],
4589 'primaryauth' => [
4590 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4591 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4592 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4593 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4594 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4595 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4596 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4597 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4598 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4599 'args' => [ [
4600 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4601 'authoritative' => false,
4602 ] ],
4603 'sort' => 0,
4604 ],
4605 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4606 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4607 'args' => [ [
4608 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4609 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4610 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4611 // password") if it too fails.
4612 'authoritative' => true,
4613 ] ],
4614 'sort' => 100,
4615 ],
4616 ],
4617 'secondaryauth' => [
4618 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4619 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4620 'sort' => 0,
4621 ],
4622 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4623 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4624 'sort' => 100,
4625 ],
4626 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4627 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4628 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4629 // 'sort' => 100,
4630 // ],
4631 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4632 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4633 'sort' => 200,
4634 ],
4635 ],
4636 ];
4637
4638 /**
4639 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4640 *
4641 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4642 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4643 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4644 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4645 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4646 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4647 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4648 * that needs to do this.
4649 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4650 * the last X seconds.
4651 * - Come up with a third option.
4652 *
4653 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4654 * "X seconds".
4655 *
4656 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4657 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4658 * - LinkAccounts
4659 * - UnlinkAccount
4660 * - ChangeCredentials
4661 * - RemoveCredentials
4662 * - ChangeEmail
4663 *
4664 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4665 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4666 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4667 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4668 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4669 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4670 *
4671 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4672 *
4673 * @since 1.27
4674 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4675 */
4676 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4677 'default' => 300,
4678 ];
4679
4680 /**
4681 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4682 *
4683 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4684 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4685 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4686 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4687 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4688 *
4689 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4690 *
4691 * @since 1.27
4692 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4693 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4694 */
4695 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4696 'default' => true,
4697 ];
4698
4699 /**
4700 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4701 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4702 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4703 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4704 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4705 * @since 1.27
4706 * @var string[]
4707 */
4708 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4709 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4710 ];
4711
4712 /**
4713 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4714 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4715 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4716 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4717 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4718 * @since 1.27
4719 * @var string[]
4720 */
4721 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4722 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4723 ];
4724
4725 /**
4726 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4727 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4728 */
4729 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4730
4731 /**
4732 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4733 * words are allowed.
4734 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4735 */
4736 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4737
4738 /**
4739 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4740 *
4741 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4742 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4743 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4744 *
4745 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4746 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4747 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4748 */
4749 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4750
4751 /**
4752 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4753 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4754 * @since 1.23
4755 */
4756 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4757
4758 /**
4759 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4760 *
4761 * @since 1.24
4762 */
4763 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4764
4765 /**
4766 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4767 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4768 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4769 *
4770 * An advanced example:
4771 * @code
4772 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4773 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4774 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4775 * 'secrets' => [],
4776 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4777 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4778 * 'cost' => 5,
4779 * ];
4780 * @endcode
4781 *
4782 * @since 1.24
4783 */
4784 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4785 'A' => [
4786 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4787 ],
4788 'B' => [
4789 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4790 ],
4791 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4792 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4793 'types' => [
4794 'A',
4795 'pbkdf2',
4796 ],
4797 ],
4798 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4799 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4800 'types' => [
4801 'B',
4802 'pbkdf2',
4803 ],
4804 ],
4805 'bcrypt' => [
4806 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4807 'cost' => 9,
4808 ],
4809 'pbkdf2' => [
4810 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4811 'algo' => 'sha512',
4812 'cost' => '30000',
4813 'length' => '64',
4814 ],
4815 ];
4816
4817 /**
4818 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4819 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4820 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4821 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4822 */
4823 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4824 'username' => true,
4825 'email' => true,
4826 ];
4827
4828 /**
4829 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4830 */
4831 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4832
4833 /**
4834 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4835 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4836 */
4837 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4838
4839 /**
4840 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4841 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4842 */
4843 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4844 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4845 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4846 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4847 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4848 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4849 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4850 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4851 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4852 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4853 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4854 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4855 ];
4856
4857 /**
4858 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4859 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4860 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4861 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4862 */
4863 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4864 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4865 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4866 'date' => 'default',
4867 'diffonly' => 0,
4868 'disablemail' => 0,
4869 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4870 'editondblclick' => 0,
4871 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4872 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4873 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4874 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4875 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4876 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4877 'fancysig' => 0,
4878 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4879 'gender' => 'unknown',
4880 'hideminor' => 0,
4881 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4882 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4883 'imagesize' => 2,
4884 'math' => 1,
4885 'minordefault' => 0,
4886 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4887 'nickname' => '',
4888 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4889 'numberheadings' => 0,
4890 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4891 'previewontop' => 1,
4892 'rcdays' => 7,
4893 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4894 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4895 'rclimit' => 50,
4896 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4897 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4898 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4899 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4900 'skin' => false,
4901 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4902 'thumbsize' => 5,
4903 'underline' => 2,
4904 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4905 'usenewrc' => 1,
4906 'watchcreations' => 1,
4907 'watchdefault' => 1,
4908 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4909 'watchuploads' => 1,
4910 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4911 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4912 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4913 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4914 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4915 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4916 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4917 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4918 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4919 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4920 'watchmoves' => 0,
4921 'watchrollback' => 0,
4922 'wllimit' => 250,
4923 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4924 'prefershttps' => 1,
4925 ];
4926
4927 /**
4928 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4929 */
4930 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4931
4932 /**
4933 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4934 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4935 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4936 */
4937 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4938
4939 /**
4940 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4941 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4942 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4943 *
4944 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4945 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4946 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4947 */
4948 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4949
4950 /**
4951 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4952 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4953 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4954 * @since 1.17
4955 */
4956 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4957
4958 /**
4959 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4960 *
4961 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4962 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4963 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4964 *
4965 * @since 1.27
4966 * @var string|null
4967 */
4968 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4969
4970 /**
4971 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4972 *
4973 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4974 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4975 *
4976 * @since 1.27
4977 */
4978 $wgSessionProviders = [
4979 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4980 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4981 'args' => [ [
4982 'priority' => 30,
4983 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4984 ] ],
4985 ],
4986 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4987 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4988 'args' => [ [
4989 'priority' => 75,
4990 ] ],
4991 ],
4992 ];
4993
4994 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4995
4996 /************************************************************************//**
4997 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4998 * @{
4999 */
5000
5001 /**
5002 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5003 */
5004 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5005
5006 /**
5007 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5008 */
5009 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5010
5011 /**
5012 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5013 */
5014 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5015
5016 /**
5017 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5018 *
5019 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5020 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5021 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5022 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5023 *
5024 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5025 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5026 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5027 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5028 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5029 */
5030 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5031 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5032 'IPv6' => 19,
5033 ];
5034
5035 /**
5036 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5037 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5038 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5039 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5040 * anonymous visitors.
5041 */
5042 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5043
5044 /**
5045 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5046 *
5047 * @par Example:
5048 * @code
5049 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5050 * @endcode
5051 *
5052 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5053 *
5054 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5055 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5056 *
5057 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5058 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5059 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5060 *
5061 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5062 * hook instead.
5063 */
5064 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5065
5066 /**
5067 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5068 *
5069 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5070 * is without underscore.
5071 *
5072 * @par Example:
5073 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5074 * @code
5075 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5076 * @endcode
5077 *
5078 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5079 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5080 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5081 *
5082 * @par Example:
5083 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5084 * @code
5085 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5086 * @endcode
5087 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5088 *
5089 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5090 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5091 */
5092 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5093
5094 /**
5095 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5096 * address before being allowed to edit?
5097 */
5098 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5099
5100 /**
5101 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5102 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5103 */
5104 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5105
5106 /**
5107 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5108 *
5109 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5110 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5111 *
5112 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5113 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5114 *
5115 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5116 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5117 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5118 * in in the user_groups table.
5119 *
5120 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5121 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5122 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5123 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5124 *
5125 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5126 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5127 *
5128 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5129 */
5130 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5131
5132 /** @cond file_level_code */
5133 // Implicit group for all visitors
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5147 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5148
5149 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5169
5170 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5173
5174 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5175 // from various log pages by default
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5184
5185 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5189 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5191 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5193 // can view deleted revision text
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5225 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5226 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5230
5231 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5234 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5235 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5236 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5237 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5238
5239 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5240 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5241 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5242 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5243 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5244 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5245 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5246 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5247 // For private suppression log access
5248 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5249
5250 /**
5251 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5252 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5253 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5254 * server.
5255 */
5256 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5257
5258 /** @endcond */
5259
5260 /**
5261 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5262 *
5263 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5264 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5265 *
5266 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5267 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5268 */
5269 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5270
5271 /**
5272 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5273 */
5274 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5275
5276 /**
5277 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5278 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5279 *
5280 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5281 * group".
5282 *
5283 * @par Example:
5284 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5285 * @code
5286 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5287 * @endcode
5288 *
5289 * @par Example:
5290 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5291 * @code
5292 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5293 * @endcode
5294 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5295 * any group that they happen to be in.
5296 */
5297 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5298
5299 /**
5300 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5301 */
5302 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5303
5304 /**
5305 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5306 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5307 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5308 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5309 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5310 */
5311 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5312
5313 /**
5314 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5315 *
5316 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5317 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5318 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5319 *
5320 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5321 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5322 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5323 */
5324 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5325
5326 /**
5327 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5328 *
5329 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5330 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5331 *
5332 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5333 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5334 */
5335 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5336
5337 /**
5338 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5339 *
5340 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5341 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5342 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5343 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5344 * "semiprotected".
5345 *
5346 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5347 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5348 */
5349 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5350
5351 /**
5352 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5353 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5354 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5355 *
5356 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5357 */
5358 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5359
5360 /**
5361 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5362 *
5363 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5364 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5365 *
5366 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5367 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5368 */
5369 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5370
5371 /**
5372 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5373 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5374 * privileges of new accounts.
5375 *
5376 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5377 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5378 *
5379 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5380 *
5381 * @par Example:
5382 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5383 * @code
5384 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5385 * @endcode
5386 * Set age to one day:
5387 * @code
5388 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5389 * @endcode
5390 */
5391 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5392
5393 /**
5394 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5395 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5396 *
5397 * @par Example:
5398 * @code
5399 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5400 * @endcode
5401 */
5402 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5403
5404 /**
5405 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5406 *
5407 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5408 *
5409 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5410 * 'groupname' => cond,
5411 * 'group2' => cond2,
5412 * );
5413 *
5414 * A `cond` may be:
5415 * - a single condition without arguments:
5416 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5417 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5418 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5419 * - a single condition with arguments:
5420 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5421 * - a set of conditions:
5422 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5423 *
5424 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5425 * - `&` (**AND**):
5426 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5427 * - `|` (**OR**):
5428 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5429 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5430 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5431 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5432 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5433 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5434 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5435 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5436 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5437 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5438 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5439 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5440 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5441 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5442 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5443 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5444 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5445 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5446 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5447 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5448 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5449 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5450 * true if the user is blocked
5451 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5452 * true if the user is a bot
5453 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5454 *
5455 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5456 * linked by operands.
5457 *
5458 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5459 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5460 */
5461 $wgAutopromote = [
5462 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5463 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5464 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5465 ],
5466 ];
5467
5468 /**
5469 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5470 *
5471 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5472 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5473 *
5474 * The format is:
5475 * @code
5476 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5477 * @endcode
5478 * Where event is either:
5479 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5480 *
5481 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5482 *
5483 * @see $wgAutopromote
5484 * @since 1.18
5485 */
5486 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5487 'onEdit' => [],
5488 ];
5489
5490 /**
5491 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5492 * @since 1.18
5493 */
5494 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5495
5496 /**
5497 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5498 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5499 *
5500 * @par Example:
5501 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5502 * @code
5503 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5504 * @endcode
5505 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5506 * @code
5507 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5508 * @endcode
5509 * Sysops can make bots:
5510 * @code
5511 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5512 * @endcode
5513 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5514 * @code
5515 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5516 * @endcode
5517 */
5518 $wgAddGroups = [];
5519
5520 /**
5521 * @see $wgAddGroups
5522 */
5523 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5524
5525 /**
5526 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5527 * For extensions only.
5528 */
5529 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5530
5531 /**
5532 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5533 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5534 */
5535 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5536
5537 /**
5538 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5539 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5540 * This is limited for performance reason.
5541 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5542 * @since 1.23
5543 */
5544 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5545
5546 /**
5547 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5548 *
5549 * @par Example:
5550 * @code
5551 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5552 * // no more than 100 per month
5553 * [
5554 * 'count' => 100,
5555 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5556 * ],
5557 * // no more than 10 per day
5558 * [
5559 * 'count' => 10,
5560 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5561 * ],
5562 * ];
5563 * @endcode
5564 *
5565 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5566 */
5567 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5568 'count' => 0,
5569 'seconds' => 86400,
5570 ] ];
5571
5572 /**
5573 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5574 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5575 *
5576 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5577 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5578 *
5579 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5580 *
5581 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5582 */
5583 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5584
5585 /**
5586 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5587 */
5588 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5589
5590 /**
5591 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5592 * proxies
5593 * @since 1.16
5594 */
5595 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5596
5597 /**
5598 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5599 *
5600 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5601 * the blacklist require a key).
5602 *
5603 * @par Example:
5604 * @code
5605 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5606 * // String containing URL
5607 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5608 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5609 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5610 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5611 * // just use a string as shown above
5612 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5613 * ];
5614 * @endcode
5615 *
5616 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5617 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5618 * @since 1.16
5619 */
5620 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5621
5622 /**
5623 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5624 * what the other methods might say.
5625 */
5626 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5627
5628 /**
5629 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5630 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5631 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5632 * @since 1.29
5633 * @var string[]
5634 */
5635 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5636
5637 /**
5638 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5639 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5640 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5641 */
5642 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5643
5644 /**
5645 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5646 *
5647 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5648 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5649 * elapses.
5650 *
5651 * @par Example:
5652 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5653 * @code
5654 * $wgRateLimits = [
5655 * 'edit' => [
5656 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5657 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5658 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5659 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5660 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5661 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5662 * ]
5663 * ];
5664 * @endcode
5665 *
5666 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5667 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5668 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5669 * @code
5670 * $wgRateLimits = [
5671 * 'some-action' => [
5672 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5673 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5674 * ];
5675 * @endcode
5676 *
5677 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5678 */
5679 $wgRateLimits = [
5680 // Page edits
5681 'edit' => [
5682 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5683 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5684 ],
5685 // Page moves
5686 'move' => [
5687 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5688 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5689 ],
5690 // File uploads
5691 'upload' => [
5692 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5693 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Page rollbacks
5696 'rollback' => [
5697 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5698 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5699 ],
5700 // Triggering password resets emails
5701 'mailpassword' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5703 ],
5704 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5705 'emailuser' => [
5706 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5707 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5708 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5709 ],
5710 // Purging pages
5711 'purge' => [
5712 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5713 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5714 ],
5715 // Purges of link tables
5716 'linkpurge' => [
5717 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5718 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5719 ],
5720 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5721 'renderfile' => [
5722 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5723 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5724 ],
5725 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5726 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5727 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5728 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5729 ],
5730 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5731 'stashedit' => [
5732 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5733 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5734 ],
5735 // Adding or removing change tags
5736 'changetag' => [
5737 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5738 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5739 ],
5740 // Changing the content model of a page
5741 'editcontentmodel' => [
5742 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5743 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5744 ],
5745 ];
5746
5747 /**
5748 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5749 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5750 */
5751 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5752
5753 /**
5754 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5755 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5756 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5757 */
5758 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5759
5760 /**
5761 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5762 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5763 */
5764 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5765
5766 /**
5767 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5768 *
5769 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5770 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5771 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5772 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5773 *
5774 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5775 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5776 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5777 */
5778 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5779 // Short term limit
5780 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5781 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5782 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5783 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5784 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5785 ];
5786
5787 /**
5788 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5789 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5790 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5791 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5792 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5793 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5794 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5795 * @since 1.27
5796 */
5797 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5798
5799 // @TODO: clean up grants
5800 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5801
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5812
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5817
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5829
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5831
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5836
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5844
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5856
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5867
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5875
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5878
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5880
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5882
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5884
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5886
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5888
5889 /**
5890 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5891 * @since 1.27
5892 */
5893 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5894 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5895 'basic' => 'hidden',
5896
5897 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5898 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5899 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5900 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5901
5902 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5903 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5904
5905 'sendemail' => 'email',
5906
5907 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5908 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5909
5910 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5911 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5912
5913 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5914 'rollback' => 'administration',
5915 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5916 'delete' => 'administration',
5917 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5918 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5919 'protect' => 'administration',
5920 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5921
5922 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5923
5924 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5925 ];
5926
5927 /**
5928 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5929 * @since 1.27
5930 */
5931 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5932
5933 /**
5934 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5935 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5936 * @since 1.27
5937 */
5938 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5939
5940 /**
5941 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5942 *
5943 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5944 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5945 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5946 * @since 1.27
5947 */
5948 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5949
5950 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5951
5952 /************************************************************************//**
5953 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5954 * @{
5955 */
5956
5957 /**
5958 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5959 */
5960 $wgSecretKey = false;
5961
5962 /**
5963 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5964 *
5965 * This can have the following formats:
5966 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5967 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5968 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5969 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5970 */
5971 $wgProxyList = [];
5972
5973 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5974
5975 /************************************************************************//**
5976 * @name Cookie settings
5977 * @{
5978 */
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5982 */
5983 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5984
5985 /**
5986 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5987 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5988 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5989 * login cookies session-only.
5990 */
5991 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5995 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5996 */
5997 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5998
5999 /**
6000 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6001 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6002 */
6003 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6004
6005 /**
6006 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6007 * - true: Set secure flag
6008 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6009 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6010 */
6011 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6012
6013 /**
6014 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6015 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6016 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6017 * check.
6018 */
6019 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6020
6021 /**
6022 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6023 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6024 * name to be used as a prefix.
6025 */
6026 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6027
6028 /**
6029 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6030 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6031 * XSS attack.
6032 */
6033 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6034
6035 /**
6036 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6037 */
6038 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6039
6040 /**
6041 * Override to customise the session name
6042 */
6043 $wgSessionName = false;
6044
6045 /**
6046 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6047 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6048 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6049 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6050 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6051 */
6052 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6053
6054 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6055
6056 /************************************************************************//**
6057 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6058 * @{
6059 */
6060
6061 /**
6062 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6063 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6064 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6065 * Please see math/README for more information.
6066 */
6067 $wgUseTeX = false;
6068
6069 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6070
6071 /************************************************************************//**
6072 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6073 *
6074 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6075 *
6076 * @{
6077 */
6078
6079 /**
6080 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6081 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6082 * may contain private data.
6083 */
6084 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6085
6086 /**
6087 * Prefix for debug log lines
6088 */
6089 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6090
6091 /**
6092 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6093 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6094 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6095 */
6096 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6097
6098 /**
6099 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6100 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6101 * and gen=js requests.
6102 */
6103 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6104
6105 /**
6106 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6107 *
6108 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6109 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6110 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6111 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6112 */
6113 $wgDebugComments = false;
6114
6115 /**
6116 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6117 *
6118 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6119 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6120 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6121 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6122 */
6123 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6124
6125 /**
6126 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6127 *
6128 * @since 1.26
6129 */
6130 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6131 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6132 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6133 'GET' => [
6134 'masterConns' => 0,
6135 'writes' => 0,
6136 'readQueryTime' => 5
6137 ],
6138 // HTTP POST requests.
6139 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6140 'POST' => [
6141 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6142 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6143 'maxAffected' => 1000
6144 ],
6145 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6146 'masterConns' => 0,
6147 'writes' => 0,
6148 'readQueryTime' => 5
6149 ],
6150 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6151 'PostSend-GET' => [
6152 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6153 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6154 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6155 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6156 'masterConns' => 0,
6157 'writes' => 0,
6158 ],
6159 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6160 'PostSend-POST' => [
6161 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6162 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6163 'maxAffected' => 1000
6164 ],
6165 // Background job runner
6166 'JobRunner' => [
6167 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6168 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6169 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6170 ],
6171 // Command-line scripts
6172 'Maintenance' => [
6173 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6174 'maxAffected' => 1000
6175 ]
6176 ];
6177
6178 /**
6179 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6180 *
6181 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6182 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6183 * in production.
6184 *
6185 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6186 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6187 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6188 * - associative array with keys:
6189 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6190 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6191 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6192 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6193 *
6194 * @par Example:
6195 * @code
6196 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6197 * @endcode
6198 *
6199 * @par Advanced example:
6200 * @code
6201 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6202 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6203 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6204 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6205 * ];
6206 * @endcode
6207 */
6208 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6209
6210 /**
6211 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6212 *
6213 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6214 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6215 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6216 * details.
6217 *
6218 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6219 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6220 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6221 *
6222 * @par To completely disable logging:
6223 * @code
6224 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6225 * @endcode
6226 *
6227 * @since 1.25
6228 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6229 * @see MwLogger
6230 */
6231 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6232 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6233 ];
6234
6235 /**
6236 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6237 *
6238 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6239 */
6240 $wgShowDebug = false;
6241
6242 /**
6243 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6244 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6245 */
6246 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6247
6248 /**
6249 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6250 */
6251 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6252
6253 /**
6254 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6255 */
6256 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6257
6258 /**
6259 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6260 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6261 * to an attacker.
6262 */
6263 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6264
6265 /**
6266 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6267 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6268 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6269 * formatting.
6270 */
6271 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6272
6273 /**
6274 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6275 *
6276 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6277 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6278 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6279 * exception handler.
6280 */
6281 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6282
6283 /**
6284 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6285 */
6286 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6287
6288 /**
6289 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6290 */
6291 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6292
6293 /**
6294 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6295 * Should be a string, default false.
6296 * @since 1.20
6297 */
6298 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6299
6300 /**
6301 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6302 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6303 */
6304 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6305
6306 /**
6307 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6308 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6309 * after the limit.
6310 */
6311 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6312
6313 /**
6314 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6315 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6316 */
6317 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6318
6319 /**
6320 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6321 *
6322 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6323 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6324 */
6325 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6326
6327 /**
6328 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6329 *
6330 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6331 *
6332 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6333 *
6334 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6335 * @since 1.25
6336 */
6337 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6338
6339 /**
6340 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6341 *
6342 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6343 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6344 * @since 1.25
6345 */
6346 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6347
6348 /**
6349 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6350 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6351 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6352 * @since 1.28
6353 */
6354 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6355 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6356 ];
6357
6358 /**
6359 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6360 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6361 * templates.
6362 */
6363 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6364
6365 /**
6366 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6367 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6368 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6369 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6370 */
6371 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6372
6373 /**
6374 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6375 * filename is passed to it.
6376 *
6377 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6378 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6379 *
6380 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6381 *
6382 * Use full paths.
6383 *
6384 * @deprecated since 1.30
6385 */
6386 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6387
6388 /**
6389 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6390 */
6391 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6392
6393 /**
6394 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6395 * @since 1.19
6396 */
6397 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6398
6399 /**
6400 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6401 * queries and other useful output.
6402 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6403 *
6404 * @since 1.19
6405 */
6406 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6407
6408 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6409
6410 /************************************************************************//**
6411 * @name Search
6412 * @{
6413 */
6414
6415 /**
6416 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6417 */
6418 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6419
6420 /**
6421 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6422 * by default off due to execution overhead
6423 */
6424 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6425
6426 /**
6427 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6428 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6429 */
6430 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6431
6432 /**
6433 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6434 *
6435 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6436 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6437 *
6438 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6439 *
6440 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6441 */
6442 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6443
6444 /**
6445 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6446 *
6447 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6448 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6449 *
6450 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6451 */
6452 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6453 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6454 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6455 ];
6456
6457 /**
6458 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6459 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6460 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6461 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6462 */
6463 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6464
6465 /**
6466 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6467 * OpenSearch call.
6468 */
6469 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6470
6471 /**
6472 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6473 */
6474 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6475
6476 /**
6477 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6478 */
6479 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6480
6481 /**
6482 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6483 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6484 */
6485 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6486
6487 /**
6488 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6489 *
6490 * @par Example:
6491 * @code
6492 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6493 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6494 * @endcode
6495 */
6496 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6497 NS_MAIN => true,
6498 ];
6499
6500 /**
6501 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6502 * implemented by an extension instead.
6503 */
6504 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6505
6506 /**
6507 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6508 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6509 * search term.
6510 *
6511 * @par Example:
6512 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6513 * @code
6514 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6515 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6516 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6517 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6518 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6519 * @endcode
6520 */
6521 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6522
6523 /**
6524 * Search form behavior.
6525 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6526 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6527 */
6528 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6529
6530 /**
6531 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6532 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6533 * generated for all namespaces.
6534 */
6535 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6536
6537 /**
6538 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6539 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6540 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6541 *
6542 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6543 * @par Example:
6544 * @code
6545 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6546 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6547 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6548 * ];
6549 * @endcode
6550 */
6551 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6552
6553 /**
6554 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6555 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6556 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6557 */
6558 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6559
6560 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6561
6562 /************************************************************************//**
6563 * @name Edit user interface
6564 * @{
6565 */
6566
6567 /**
6568 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6569 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6570 */
6571 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6572
6573 /**
6574 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6575 */
6576 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6577
6578 /**
6579 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6580 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6581 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6582 */
6583 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6584 NS_CATEGORY => true
6585 ];
6586
6587 /**
6588 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6589 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6590 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6591 */
6592 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6593
6594 /**
6595 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6596 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6597 * ting this variable false.
6598 */
6599 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6600
6601 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6602
6603 /************************************************************************//**
6604 * @name Maintenance
6605 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6606 * @{
6607 */
6608
6609 /**
6610 * @cond file_level_code
6611 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6612 */
6613 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6614 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6615 }
6616 /** @endcond */
6617
6618 /**
6619 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6620 */
6621 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6622
6623 /**
6624 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6625 * used as an explanation to users.
6626 *
6627 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6628 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6629 * option in MySQL.
6630 */
6631 $wgReadOnly = null;
6632
6633 /**
6634 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6635 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6636 * message.
6637 *
6638 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6639 */
6640 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6641
6642 /**
6643 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6644 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6645 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6646 *
6647 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6648 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6649 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6650 */
6651 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6652
6653 /**
6654 * Fully specified path to git binary
6655 */
6656 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6657
6658 /**
6659 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6660 *
6661 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6662 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6663 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6664 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6665 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6666 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6667 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6668 *
6669 * @since 1.20
6670 */
6671 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6672 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6673 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6674 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6675 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6676 ];
6677
6678 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6679
6680 /************************************************************************//**
6681 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6682 * @{
6683 */
6684
6685 /**
6686 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6687 * seconds will go.
6688 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6689 */
6690 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6691
6692 /**
6693 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6694 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6695 * @since 1.26
6696 */
6697 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6698
6699 /**
6700 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6701 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6702 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6703 * @since 1.26
6704 */
6705 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6706
6707 /**
6708 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6709 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6710 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6711 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6712 * is still there.
6713 */
6714 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6715
6716 /**
6717 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6718 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6719 */
6720 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6721
6722 /**
6723 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6724 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6725 */
6726 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6727
6728 /**
6729 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6730 *
6731 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6732 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6733 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6734 *
6735 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6736 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6737 * passed to the constructor.
6738 *
6739 * Common options:
6740 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6741 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6742 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6743 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6744 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6745 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6746 *
6747 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6748 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6749 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6750 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6751 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6752 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6753 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6754 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6755 *
6756 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6757 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6758 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6759 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6760 *
6761 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6762 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6763 *
6764 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6765 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6766 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6767 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6768 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6769 * ];
6770 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6771 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6772 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6773 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6774 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6775 * ];
6776 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6777 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6778 * ];
6779 * @since 1.22
6780 */
6781 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6782
6783 /**
6784 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6785 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6786 * @since 1.22
6787 */
6788 $wgRCEngines = [
6789 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6790 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6791 ];
6792
6793 /**
6794 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6795 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6796 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6797 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6798 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6799 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6800 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6801 *
6802 * @since 1.27
6803 */
6804 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6805
6806 /**
6807 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6808 * New pages and new files are included.
6809 *
6810 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6811 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6812 * Special:Log.
6813 */
6814 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6815
6816 /**
6817 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6818 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6819 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6820 * that lets users disable them.
6821 *
6822 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6823 *
6824 * @since 1.30
6825 */
6826 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6827
6828 /**
6829 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6830 *
6831 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6832 */
6833 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6834
6835 /**
6836 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6837 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6838 * 0 to disable completely.
6839 */
6840 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6841
6842 /**
6843 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6844 *
6845 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6846 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6847 * Special:Log.
6848 */
6849 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6850
6851 /**
6852 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6853 *
6854 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6855 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6856 * Special:Log.
6857 *
6858 * @since 1.27
6859 */
6860 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6861
6862 /**
6863 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6864 */
6865 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6866
6867 /**
6868 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6869 */
6870 $wgFeed = true;
6871
6872 /**
6873 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6874 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6875 */
6876 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6877
6878 /**
6879 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6880 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6881 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6882 *
6883 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6884 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6885 */
6886 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6887
6888 /**
6889 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6890 * pages larger than this size.
6891 */
6892 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6893
6894 /**
6895 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6896 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6897 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6898 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6899 * as value.
6900 * @par Example:
6901 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6902 * @code
6903 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6904 * @endcode
6905 */
6906 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6907
6908 /**
6909 * Available feeds objects.
6910 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6911 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6912 */
6913 $wgFeedClasses = [
6914 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6915 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6916 ];
6917
6918 /**
6919 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6920 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6921 */
6922 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6923
6924 /**
6925 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6926 */
6927 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6928
6929 /**
6930 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6931 */
6932 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6933
6934 /**
6935 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6936 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6937 * highlighted on the RC page.
6938 */
6939 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6940
6941 /**
6942 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6943 * view for watched pages with new changes
6944 */
6945 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6946
6947 /**
6948 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6949 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6950 */
6951 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6952
6953 /**
6954 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6955 */
6956 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6957
6958 /**
6959 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6960 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6961 */
6962 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6963
6964 /**
6965 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6966 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6967 * watchers.
6968 *
6969 * @since 1.21
6970 */
6971 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6972
6973 /**
6974 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6975 * certain types of edits.
6976 *
6977 * To register a new one:
6978 * @code
6979 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6980 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6981 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6982 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6983 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6984 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6985 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6986 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6987 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6988 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6989 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6990 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6991 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6992 * ];
6993 * @endcode
6994 *
6995 * @since 1.22
6996 */
6997 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6998 'newpage' => [
6999 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7000 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7001 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7002 'grouping' => 'any',
7003 ],
7004 'minor' => [
7005 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7006 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7007 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7008 'class' => 'minoredit',
7009 'grouping' => 'all',
7010 ],
7011 'bot' => [
7012 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7013 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7014 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7015 'class' => 'botedit',
7016 'grouping' => 'all',
7017 ],
7018 'unpatrolled' => [
7019 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7020 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7021 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7022 'grouping' => 'any',
7023 ],
7024 ];
7025
7026 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7027
7028 /************************************************************************//**
7029 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7030 * @{
7031 */
7032
7033 /**
7034 * Override for copyright metadata.
7035 *
7036 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7037 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7038 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7039 */
7040 $wgRightsPage = null;
7041
7042 /**
7043 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7044 * wiki.
7045 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7046 */
7047 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7048
7049 /**
7050 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7051 * link.
7052 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7053 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7054 */
7055 $wgRightsText = null;
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Override for copyright metadata.
7059 */
7060 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7061
7062 /**
7063 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7064 */
7065 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7066
7067 /**
7068 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7069 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7070 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7071 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7072 * large wikis.
7073 */
7074 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7075
7076 /**
7077 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7078 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7079 */
7080 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7081
7082 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7083
7084 /************************************************************************//**
7085 * @name Import / Export
7086 * @{
7087 */
7088
7089 /**
7090 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7091 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7092 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7093 *
7094 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7095 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7096 * e.g.
7097 * @code
7098 * $wgImportSources = [
7099 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7100 * 'wikispecies',
7101 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7102 * ];
7103 * @endcode
7104 *
7105 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7106 * the ImportSources hook.
7107 *
7108 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7109 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7110 */
7111 $wgImportSources = [];
7112
7113 /**
7114 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7115 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7116 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7117 *
7118 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7119 */
7120 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7121
7122 /**
7123 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7124 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7125 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7126 */
7127 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7128
7129 /**
7130 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7131 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7132 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7133 */
7134 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7135
7136 /**
7137 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7138 */
7139 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7140
7141 /**
7142 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7143 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7144 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7145 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7146 * it's disabled by default for now.
7147 *
7148 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7149 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7150 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7151 */
7152 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7153
7154 /**
7155 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7156 */
7157 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7158
7159 /**
7160 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7161 */
7162 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7163
7164 /**
7165 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7166 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7167 *
7168 * @since 1.27
7169 */
7170 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7171
7172 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7173
7174 /*************************************************************************//**
7175 * @name Extensions
7176 * @{
7177 */
7178
7179 /**
7180 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7181 * initialised
7182 */
7183 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7184
7185 /**
7186 * Extension messages files.
7187 *
7188 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7189 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7190 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7191 * is the most common.
7192 *
7193 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7194 * in the core.
7195 *
7196 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7197 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7198 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7199 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7200 *
7201 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7202 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7203 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7204 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7205 *
7206 * @par Example:
7207 * @code
7208 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7209 * @endcode
7210 */
7211 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7212
7213 /**
7214 * Extension messages directories.
7215 *
7216 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7217 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7218 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7219 * message directories.
7220 *
7221 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7222 *
7223 * @par Simple example:
7224 * @code
7225 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7226 * @endcode
7227 *
7228 * @par Complex example:
7229 * @code
7230 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7231 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7232 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7233 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7234 * ]
7235 * @endcode
7236 * @since 1.23
7237 */
7238 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7239
7240 /**
7241 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7242 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7243 * @since 1.22
7244 */
7245 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7246
7247 /**
7248 * Parser output hooks.
7249 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7250 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7251 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7252 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7253 *
7254 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7255 *
7256 * The callback has the form:
7257 * @code
7258 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7259 * @endcode
7260 */
7261 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7262
7263 /**
7264 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7265 */
7266 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7267
7268 /**
7269 * List of valid skin names
7270 *
7271 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7272 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7273 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7274 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7275 */
7276 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7277
7278 /**
7279 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7280 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7281 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7282 * SpecialPage.
7283 */
7284 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7285
7286 /**
7287 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7288 */
7289 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7290
7291 /**
7292 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7293 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7294 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7295 */
7296 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7297
7298 /**
7299 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7300 *
7301 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7302 *
7303 * @code
7304 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7305 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7306 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7307 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7308 * 'author' => [
7309 * 'Foo Barstein',
7310 * ],
7311 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7312 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7313 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7314 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7315 * ];
7316 * @endcode
7317 *
7318 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7319 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7320 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7321 * interpreted as wikitext.
7322 *
7323 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7324 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7325 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7326 *
7327 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7328 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7329 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7330 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7331 *
7332 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7333 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7334 * usually are.)
7335 *
7336 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7337 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7338 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7339 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7340 *
7341 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7342 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7343 *
7344 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7345 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7346 *
7347 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7348 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7349 */
7350 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7351
7352 /**
7353 * Authentication plugin.
7354 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7355 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7356 */
7357 $wgAuth = null;
7358
7359 /**
7360 * Global list of hooks.
7361 *
7362 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7363 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7364 * internally by Hook:run().
7365 *
7366 * The value can be one of:
7367 *
7368 * - A function name:
7369 * @code
7370 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7371 * @endcode
7372 * - A function with some data:
7373 * @code
7374 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7375 * @endcode
7376 * - A an object method:
7377 * @code
7378 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7379 * @endcode
7380 * - A closure:
7381 * @code
7382 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7383 * // Handler code goes here.
7384 * };
7385 * @endcode
7386 *
7387 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7388 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7389 *
7390 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7391 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7392 */
7393 $wgHooks = [];
7394
7395 /**
7396 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7397 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7398 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7399 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7400 * hook for that.
7401 *
7402 * @see MediaWikiServices
7403 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7404 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7405 */
7406 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7407 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7408 ];
7409
7410 /**
7411 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7412 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7413 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7414 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7415 */
7416 $wgJobClasses = [
7417 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7418 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7419 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7420 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7421 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7422 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7423 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7424 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7425 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7426 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7427 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7428 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7429 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7430 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7431 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7432 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7433 'null' => 'NullJob'
7434 ];
7435
7436 /**
7437 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7438 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7439 *
7440 * These can be:
7441 * - Very long-running jobs.
7442 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7443 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7444 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7445 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7446 */
7447 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7448
7449 /**
7450 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7451 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7452 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7453 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7454 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7455 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7456 * @var float[]
7457 */
7458 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7459
7460 /**
7461 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7462 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7463 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7464 *
7465 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7466 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7467 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7468 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7469 *
7470 * @var float|bool
7471 * @since 1.26
7472 */
7473 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7474
7475 /**
7476 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7477 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7478 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7479 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7480 */
7481 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7482 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7483 ];
7484
7485 /**
7486 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7487 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7488 */
7489 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7490 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7491 ];
7492
7493 /**
7494 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7495 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7496 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7497 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7498 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7499 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7500 * that limit is hit.
7501 *
7502 * @since 1.29
7503 */
7504 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7505
7506 /**
7507 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7508 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7509 */
7510 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7511 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7512 ];
7513
7514 /**
7515 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7516 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7517 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7518 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7519 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7520 */
7521 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7522 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7523 ];
7524
7525 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7526
7527 /*************************************************************************//**
7528 * @name Categories
7529 * @{
7530 */
7531
7532 /**
7533 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7534 */
7535 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7536
7537 /**
7538 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7539 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7540 */
7541 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7542
7543 /**
7544 * Paging limit for categories
7545 */
7546 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7547
7548 /**
7549 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7550 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7551 *
7552 * Available values are:
7553 *
7554 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7555 *
7556 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7557 *
7558 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7559 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7560 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7561 *
7562 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7563 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7564 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7565 * server.
7566 *
7567 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7568 * the sort keys in the database.
7569 *
7570 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7571 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7572 */
7573 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7574
7575 /** @} */ # End categories }
7576
7577 /*************************************************************************//**
7578 * @name Logging
7579 * @{
7580 */
7581
7582 /**
7583 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7584 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7585 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7586 * log type.
7587 */
7588 $wgLogTypes = [
7589 '',
7590 'block',
7591 'protect',
7592 'rights',
7593 'delete',
7594 'upload',
7595 'move',
7596 'import',
7597 'patrol',
7598 'merge',
7599 'suppress',
7600 'tag',
7601 'managetags',
7602 'contentmodel',
7603 ];
7604
7605 /**
7606 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7607 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7608 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7609 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7610 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7611 */
7612 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7613 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7614 ];
7615
7616 /**
7617 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7618 *
7619 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7620 *
7621 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7622 *
7623 * @par Example:
7624 * @code
7625 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7626 * @endcode
7627 *
7628 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7629 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7630 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7631 *
7632 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7633 * for the link text.
7634 */
7635 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7636 'patrol' => true,
7637 'tag' => true,
7638 ];
7639
7640 /**
7641 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7642 * will be listed in the user interface.
7643 *
7644 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7645 *
7646 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7647 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7648 */
7649 $wgLogNames = [
7650 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7651 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7652 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7653 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7654 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7655 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7656 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7657 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7658 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7659 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7660 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7661 ];
7662
7663 /**
7664 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7665 * top of each log type.
7666 *
7667 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7668 *
7669 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7670 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7671 */
7672 $wgLogHeaders = [
7673 '' => 'alllogstext',
7674 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7675 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7676 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7677 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7678 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7679 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7680 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7681 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7682 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7683 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7684 ];
7685
7686 /**
7687 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7688 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7689 *
7690 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7691 */
7692 $wgLogActions = [];
7693
7694 /**
7695 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7696 * not messages.
7697 * @see LogPage::actionText
7698 * @see LogFormatter
7699 */
7700 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7701 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7702 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7703 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7704 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7705 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7706 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7707 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7708 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7709 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7710 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7711 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7712 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7713 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7714 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7715 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7716 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7717 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7718 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7719 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7720 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7721 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7722 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7723 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7724 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7725 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7726 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7727 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7728 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7729 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7730 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7731 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7732 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7733 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7734 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7735 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7736 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7737 ];
7738
7739 /**
7740 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7741 *
7742 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7743 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7744 * Extensions may append to this array
7745 * @since 1.27
7746 */
7747 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7748 'block' => [
7749 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7750 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7751 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7752 ],
7753 'contentmodel' => [
7754 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7755 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7756 ],
7757 'delete' => [
7758 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7759 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7760 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7761 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7762 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7763 ],
7764 'import' => [
7765 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7766 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7767 ],
7768 'managetags' => [
7769 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7770 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7771 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7772 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7773 ],
7774 'move' => [
7775 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7776 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7777 ],
7778 'newusers' => [
7779 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7780 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7781 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7782 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7783 ],
7784 'patrol' => [
7785 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7786 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7787 ],
7788 'protect' => [
7789 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7790 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7791 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7792 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7793 ],
7794 'rights' => [
7795 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7796 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7797 ],
7798 'suppress' => [
7799 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7800 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7801 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7802 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7803 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7804 ],
7805 'upload' => [
7806 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7807 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7808 ],
7809 ];
7810
7811 /**
7812 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7813 */
7814 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7815
7816 /** @} */ # end logging }
7817
7818 /*************************************************************************//**
7819 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7820 * @{
7821 */
7822
7823 /**
7824 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7825 */
7826 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7827
7828 /**
7829 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7830 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7831 */
7832 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7833
7834 /**
7835 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7836 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7837 */
7838 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7839
7840 /**
7841 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7842 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7843 */
7844 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7845
7846 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7847
7848 /*************************************************************************//**
7849 * @name Actions
7850 * @{
7851 */
7852
7853 /**
7854 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7855 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7856 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7857 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7858 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7859 * instead of the default class.
7860 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7861 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7862 */
7863 $wgActions = [
7864 'credits' => true,
7865 'delete' => true,
7866 'edit' => true,
7867 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7868 'history' => true,
7869 'info' => true,
7870 'markpatrolled' => true,
7871 'protect' => true,
7872 'purge' => true,
7873 'raw' => true,
7874 'render' => true,
7875 'revert' => true,
7876 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7877 'rollback' => true,
7878 'submit' => true,
7879 'unprotect' => true,
7880 'unwatch' => true,
7881 'view' => true,
7882 'watch' => true,
7883 ];
7884
7885 /** @} */ # end actions }
7886
7887 /*************************************************************************//**
7888 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7889 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7890 * @{
7891 */
7892
7893 /**
7894 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7895 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7896 * basis.
7897 */
7898 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7899
7900 /**
7901 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7902 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7903 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7904 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7905 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7906 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7907 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7908 *
7909 * @par Example:
7910 * @code
7911 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7912 * @endcode
7913 */
7914 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7915
7916 /**
7917 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7918 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7919 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7920 *
7921 * @par Example:
7922 * @code
7923 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7924 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7925 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7926 * ];
7927 * @endcode
7928 *
7929 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7930 * forms:
7931 * @code
7932 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7933 * # Underscore, not space!
7934 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7935 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7936 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7937 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7938 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7939 * ];
7940 * @endcode
7941 */
7942 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7943
7944 /**
7945 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7946 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7947 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7948 *
7949 * @par Example:
7950 * @code
7951 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7952 * @endcode
7953 */
7954 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7955
7956 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7957
7958 /************************************************************************//**
7959 * @name AJAX and API
7960 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7961 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7962 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7963 * @{
7964 */
7965
7966 /**
7967 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7968 * machine-readable data via api.php
7969 *
7970 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7971 *
7972 * @deprecated since 1.31
7973 */
7974 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7975
7976 /**
7977 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7978 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7979 * accesses it
7980 *
7981 * @deprecated since 1.31
7982 */
7983 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7984
7985 /**
7986 *
7987 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7988 *
7989 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7990 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7991 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7992 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7993 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7994 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7995 * requiring POST.
7996 *
7997 * @since 1.21
7998 */
7999 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8000
8001 /**
8002 * API module extensions.
8003 *
8004 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8005 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8006 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8007 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8008 *
8009 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8010 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8011 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8012 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8013 * field.
8014 *
8015 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8016 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8017 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8018 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8019 *
8020 * Examples for registering API modules:
8021 *
8022 * @code
8023 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8024 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8025 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
8026 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8027 * ];
8028 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8029 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
8030 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
8031 * ];
8032 * @endcode
8033 *
8034 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8035 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8036 */
8037 $wgAPIModules = [];
8038
8039 /**
8040 * API format module extensions.
8041 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8042 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8043 *
8044 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8045 */
8046 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8047
8048 /**
8049 * API Query meta module extensions.
8050 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8051 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8052 *
8053 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8054 */
8055 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8056
8057 /**
8058 * API Query prop module extensions.
8059 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8060 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8061 *
8062 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8063 */
8064 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8065
8066 /**
8067 * API Query list module extensions.
8068 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8069 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8070 *
8071 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8072 */
8073 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8074
8075 /**
8076 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8077 * The default value is generally fine
8078 */
8079 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8080
8081 /**
8082 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8083 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8084 */
8085 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8086
8087 /**
8088 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8089 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8090 */
8091 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8092
8093 /**
8094 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8095 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8096 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8097 */
8098 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8099
8100 /**
8101 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8102 * API request logging
8103 */
8104 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8105
8106 /**
8107 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8108 */
8109 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8110
8111 /**
8112 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8113 * API queries.
8114 */
8115 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8116 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8117 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8118 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8119 ];
8120
8121 /**
8122 * Enable AJAX framework
8123 */
8124 $wgUseAjax = true;
8125
8126 /**
8127 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8128 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8129 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8130 */
8131 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8132
8133 /**
8134 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8135 */
8136 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8137
8138 /**
8139 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8140 */
8141 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8142
8143 /**
8144 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8145 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8146 */
8147 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8148
8149 /**
8150 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8151 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8152 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8153 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8154 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8155 *
8156 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8157 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8158 *
8159 * @par Example:
8160 * @code
8161 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8162 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8163 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8164 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8165 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8166 * ];
8167 * @endcode
8168 */
8169 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8170
8171 /**
8172 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8173 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8174 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8175 */
8176 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8177
8178 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8179
8180 /************************************************************************//**
8181 * @name Shell and process control
8182 * @{
8183 */
8184
8185 /**
8186 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8187 */
8188 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8189
8190 /**
8191 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8192 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8193 */
8194 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8195
8196 /**
8197 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8198 */
8199 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8200
8201 /**
8202 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8203 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8204 */
8205 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8206
8207 /**
8208 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8209 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8210 *
8211 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8212 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8213 * them segfault or deadlock.
8214 *
8215 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8216 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8217 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8218 *
8219 * @par Example:
8220 * @code
8221 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8222 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8223 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8224 * @endcode
8225 *
8226 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8227 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8228 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8229 */
8230 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8231
8232 /**
8233 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8234 */
8235 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8236
8237 /**
8238 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8239 *
8240 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8241 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8242 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8243 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8244 *
8245 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8246 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8247 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8248 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8249 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8250 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8251 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8252 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8253 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8254 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8255 * decimal separator)
8256 *
8257 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8258 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8259 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8260 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8261 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8262 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8263 * displayed to the user.
8264 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8265 * date/time values.
8266 *
8267 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8268 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8269 * wikis.
8270 */
8271 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8272
8273 /** @} */ # End shell }
8274
8275 /************************************************************************//**
8276 * @name HTTP client
8277 * @{
8278 */
8279
8280 /**
8281 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8282 * @var int
8283 */
8284 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8285
8286 /**
8287 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8288 * @since 1.29
8289 */
8290 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8291
8292 /**
8293 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8294 */
8295 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8296
8297 /**
8298 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8299 */
8300 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8301
8302 /**
8303 * Local virtual hosts.
8304 *
8305 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8306 *
8307 * This affects the following:
8308 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8309 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8310 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8311 * the proxy if it is configured.
8312 *
8313 * @since 1.25
8314 */
8315 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8316
8317 /**
8318 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8319 * Only works for curl
8320 */
8321 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8322
8323 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8324
8325 /************************************************************************//**
8326 * @name Job queue
8327 * @{
8328 */
8329
8330 /**
8331 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8332 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8333 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8334 * be run periodically.
8335 */
8336 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8337
8338 /**
8339 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8340 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8341 * execution finishes.
8342 *
8343 * @since 1.23
8344 */
8345 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8346
8347 /**
8348 * Number of rows to update per job
8349 */
8350 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8351
8352 /**
8353 * Number of rows to update per query
8354 */
8355 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8356
8357 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8358
8359 /************************************************************************//**
8360 * @name Miscellaneous
8361 * @{
8362 */
8363
8364 /**
8365 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8366 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8367 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8368 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8369 */
8370 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8371
8372 /**
8373 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8374 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8375 * Supported values:
8376 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8377 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8378 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8379 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8380 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8381 *
8382 * @since 1.30
8383 */
8384 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8385
8386 /**
8387 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8388 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8389 *
8390 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8391 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8392 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8393 */
8394 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8395
8396 /**
8397 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8398 * For debugging
8399 */
8400 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8401
8402 /**
8403 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8404 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8405 */
8406 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8407
8408 /**
8409 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8410 */
8411 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8412
8413 /**
8414 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8415 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8416 */
8417 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8418
8419 /**
8420 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8421 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8422 */
8423 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8424
8425 /**
8426 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8427 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8428 *
8429 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8430 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8431 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8432 * parameters.
8433 *
8434 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8435 * @code
8436 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8437 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8438 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8439 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8440 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8441 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8442 * 'redisConfig' => []
8443 * ] ];
8444 * @endcode
8445 *
8446 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8447 * @code
8448 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8449 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8450 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8451 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8452 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8453 * ... any extension-specific options...
8454 * ] ];
8455 * @endcode
8456 */
8457 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8458
8459 /**
8460 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8461 */
8462 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8463
8464 /**
8465 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8466 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8467 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8468 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8469 *
8470 * @since 1.21
8471 */
8472 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8473
8474 /**
8475 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8476 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8477 *
8478 * * 'ignore': return null
8479 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8480 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8481 *
8482 * @since 1.21
8483 */
8484 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8485
8486 /**
8487 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8488 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8489 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8490 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8491 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8492 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8493 *
8494 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8495 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8496 *
8497 * @since 1.21
8498 */
8499 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8500
8501 /**
8502 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8503 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8504 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8505 *
8506 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8507 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8508 *
8509 * @since 1.21
8510 */
8511 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8512 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8513 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8514 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8515 ];
8516
8517 /**
8518 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8519 *
8520 * @since 1.20
8521 */
8522 $wgSiteTypes = [
8523 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8524 ];
8525
8526 /**
8527 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8528 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8529 * @since 1.23
8530 */
8531 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8532
8533 /**
8534 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8535 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8536 * @see T67184
8537 * @since 1.24
8538 */
8539 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8540
8541 /**
8542 * Secret for session storage.
8543 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8544 * be used.
8545 * @since 1.27
8546 */
8547 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8548
8549 /**
8550 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8551 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8552 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8553 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8554 * @since 1.27
8555 */
8556 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8557
8558 /**
8559 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8560 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8561 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8562 * be used.
8563 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8564 * @since 1.24
8565 */
8566 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8567
8568 /**
8569 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8570 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8571 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8572 * @since 1.24
8573 */
8574 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8575
8576 /**
8577 * Enable page language feature
8578 * Allows setting page language in database
8579 * @var bool
8580 * @since 1.24
8581 */
8582 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8583
8584 /**
8585 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8586 *
8587 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8588 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8589 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8590 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8591 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8592 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8593 *
8594 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8595 *
8596 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8597 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8598 * 'options' => [
8599 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8600 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8601 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8602 * ]
8603 * ];
8604 *
8605 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8606 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8607 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8608 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8609 *
8610 * Example config for Parsoid:
8611 *
8612 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8613 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8614 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8615 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8616 * ];
8617 *
8618 * @var array
8619 * @since 1.25
8620 */
8621 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8622 'paths' => [],
8623 'modules' => [],
8624 'global' => [
8625 # Timeout in seconds
8626 'timeout' => 360,
8627 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8628 'forwardCookies' => false,
8629 'HTTPProxy' => null
8630 ]
8631 ];
8632
8633 /**
8634 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8635 * these suggestions.
8636 *
8637 * @var bool
8638 * @since 1.26
8639 */
8640 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8641
8642 /**
8643 * Where popular password file is located.
8644 *
8645 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8646 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8647 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8648 *
8649 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8650 * @since 1.27
8651 * @var string path to file
8652 */
8653 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8654
8655 /*
8656 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8657 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8658 *
8659 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8660 * @since 1.27
8661 */
8662 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8663
8664 /*
8665 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8666 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8667 *
8668 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8669 * @since 1.30
8670 */
8671 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8672
8673 /**
8674 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8675 *
8676 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8677 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8678 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8679 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8680 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8681 *
8682 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8683 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8684 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8685 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8686 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8687 *
8688 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8689 *
8690 * @since 1.27
8691 */
8692 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8693 'default' => [
8694 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8695 ]
8696 ];
8697
8698 /**
8699 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8700 *
8701 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8702 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8703 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8704 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8705 *
8706 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8707 *
8708 * @var bool
8709 * @since 1.28
8710 */
8711 $wgPingback = false;
8712
8713 /**
8714 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8715 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8716 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8717 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8718 *
8719 * @since 1.28
8720 */
8721 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8722 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8723 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8724 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8725 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8726 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8727 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8728 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8729 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8730 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8731 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8732 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8733 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8734 ];
8735
8736 /**
8737 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8738 * at Special:Contributions.
8739 *
8740 * @var array
8741 * @since 1.30
8742 */
8743 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8744 'IPv4' => 16,
8745 'IPv6' => 32,
8746 ];
8747
8748 /**
8749 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8750 *
8751 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8752 *
8753 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8754 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8755 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8756 *
8757 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8758 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8759 */
8760 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8761 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8762 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8763 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8764
8765 /**
8766 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8767 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8768 *
8769 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8770 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8771 *
8772 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8773 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8774 *
8775 * @par Example:
8776 * @code
8777 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8778 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8779 *];
8780 * @endcode
8781 */
8782 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8783
8784 /**
8785 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8786 * @since 1.30
8787 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8788 */
8789 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8790
8791 /**
8792 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8793 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8794 * @}
8795 */